Перевод: с латинского на все языки

со всех языков на латинский

sometimes

  • 21 E

    E, e, indecl. n. or (sc. littera) fem., a vowel corresponding to both the e and the ê of the Greeks, Ter. Maur. p. 2386 P.; Aus. Idyll. de Litter. Monos. 3 and 4; Mart. Cap. 3, § 235. Its sound varied; short e being sounded sometimes like Engl. e in men (so in pater, inter, etc.), sometimes more nearly like short i, as in Engl. pin (so in famelia, mereto, Menerva, etc.); whence, in the literary language, it passed, in a large class of words, into ĭ (familia, merito, etc.), though retained in the popular speech, and oft. in inscriptions. Long e also varied in sound, often resembling the diphthong ae, with which it is constantly confounded in MSS. and inscrr. (cf. raeda and reda; saeculum and seculum; ceteri and caeteri, etc.), and often approaching the sound of ī (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 324 sqq.). The short e in Latin is the least emphatic of all the vowels; hence, it not only took the place of other vowels in changes of words where the sounds became weakened, and in the vulgar language where the vowel sounds were less sharply distinguished, but frequently took the place of a final syllable ending in a consonant, and was sometimes, especially at the end of words, rejected.
    b.
    The transition of ă into ĕ (which took place especially before two consonants, whereas usually ă passed into ĭ in open syllables, v. art. A.) is seen in the compounds refello, commendo, ineptus, confercio, incestus, perpetior, etc. In some words the orthography is unsettled, as in the compounds of spargo, which are written sometimes aspergo, conspergo, dispergo, etc., and sometimes aspargo, conspargo, dispargo, etc.; as along with dispando the vulgar form dispenno also occurs. So in all the verbal reduplications, as cĕcidi, cĕcini, pĕperi, pĕpigi, tĕtigi; pĕperci, fĕfelli; dĕdi and stĕti (from cado, cano, pario, pango, tango, parco, fallo, DA and STA), whereas the vowels i, o, u remain unchanged in reduplication (bĭbi; mŏmordi; tŭtudi; for the anomalous forms in Gell. 7, 9, are certainly Graecized). As along with pĕpĭgi there also arose by syncope (in the Lat. lang. a predominating element in the formation of words) the perfect pēgi; so we may explain the perfect forms cēpi, fēci, jēci, frēgi, and ēgi, as syncopated from cĕcĭpi, fĕfĭci, jĕjĭci, frĕfĭgi, and ĕïgi (this last analogously with dēgo, from dēĭgo).
    c.
    For i stands ĕ
    (α).
    in the neuter forms of the adjectives in is (acre, agreste, facile, etc.).—
    (β).
    In the nominative forms: aedes, apes, canes, etc. (for aedis, apis, canis, etc. v. h. vv.).—
    (γ).
    In the dative forms: morte, jure dicundo, Dijove, Victore, etc. (cf. Neue, Formenl. 1, 192 sq.; and Quint. 1, 4, 17). —
    (δ).
    In the nominatives in es, whose genitive has ĭtis.—
    (ε).
    In the nominatives from stems ending in c, b, p, t, n, etc., as, pollex, caelebs, princeps, comes, flumen, from pollic-, caelib-, princip-, comit-, flumin-; and
    (ζ).
    In the old and partly vulgar manner of writing and pronouncing: CEPET, EXEMET, NAVEBOS (Colum. Rostr.), FVET, DEDET, TEMPESTATEBVS, TIBE (Epit. of the Scipios), COMPROMESISE (S. C. de Bacch.), MENERVA, MAGESTER, HERE, VEA, VELLA, etc. (Quint. 1, 4, 8, and 17; Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 14; cf. Cic. de Or. 3, 12, 46). In the earliest period (before Plautus) ĕ was found in many words in which ĭ afterwards took its place; as: semul, fuet, mereto, tempestatebus, etc.—
    (η).
    It is prob. too that the abl. ĕ of the third declension proceeded from ī (or id); cf. Neue, Formenl. 1, 239 sqq.; Corss. Ausspr. 2, 241 sq.
    d.
    It less freq. happens that o and u pass over into ĕ, as vello, ocellus, verto, vertex, vester, compared with vulsi, oculus, vorto, vortex, voster: generis from genus, societas from socius, etc.; and even for long u we have ĕ in dejĕro and pejĕro, from jūro.
    e.
    The stem vowel o is weakened to ĕ in the vocative of nouns in us of the second declension; ĕ also represents o in the perf. and in pass. forms, such as scripsere, conabare, conabere, from scripserunt, conabaris, conaberis; in the future forms attinge, dice, facie, recipie, from attingam, dicam, faciam, recipiam (see under dico init.); in the forms mage, pote, from magis, potis, etc.; it is inserted for euphony in the nom. of many nouns and adjj whose stems end in r preceded by a mute, as ager, aper, liber, aeger, ruber, sacer, etc.
    f.
    The vowel e is suppressed in the imperatives dic, duc, fac, fer, in the anteclass infinitive biber (from bibere); in the vocative of the second declension of nouns in ius, as Gai, geni, fili, canteri, columbari, mantuari, volturi, mi (cf. Freund in Jahn's Neue Jahrbüch, 1835, vol. 13, p. 148 sq.), in enclitic particles often, as: hic, haec, hoc, for hice, etc.; so, illaec, sic, nunc, nec, ac, etc.: viden, potin: quin, for quine, etc., and as an initial in the present forms of the verb esse (sum, sumus, sunt; sim, etc., for esum, esumus, esunt, esim, etc.). But the forms facul, simul, Bacchanal, etc., are not apocopated. Even a radical ĕ sometimes drops out when a prefix or suffix is taken; so, gigno, for gigeno: malignus, for maligenus: gnatus, for genatus.
    g.
    The long e interchanges most freq. with the diphthongs ae and oe (q. v.); yet it sometimes also took the place of ā, as in anhēlo, from hālo, and in the rustic bēlo, for bālo; and likewise of ī, as LEBER, SPECA, AMECVS, for līber, spīca, amīcus (Quint. Inst. l. l.; Varr. R. R. 1, 48, 2; Paul. ex Fest. p. 15, 6 Müll.); and in words borrowed from the Greek, as chorēa, Darēus, along with Academīa, Alexandrīa; see the letter I.
    h.
    As an abbreviation, E (mostly in connection with other abbreviations) signifies egregius, equus, eques, erexit, evocatus, etc.; e. g. E. M. V. = egregiae memoriae vir; E. Q. R. = eques Romanus; EE. QQ. RR. = equites Romani; E. P. = equo publico; E. M. D. S. P. E. = e monitu de sua pecunia erexit, etc.
    2.
    e.. praep., out of, from, v. ex.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > E

  • 22 e

    E, e, indecl. n. or (sc. littera) fem., a vowel corresponding to both the e and the ê of the Greeks, Ter. Maur. p. 2386 P.; Aus. Idyll. de Litter. Monos. 3 and 4; Mart. Cap. 3, § 235. Its sound varied; short e being sounded sometimes like Engl. e in men (so in pater, inter, etc.), sometimes more nearly like short i, as in Engl. pin (so in famelia, mereto, Menerva, etc.); whence, in the literary language, it passed, in a large class of words, into ĭ (familia, merito, etc.), though retained in the popular speech, and oft. in inscriptions. Long e also varied in sound, often resembling the diphthong ae, with which it is constantly confounded in MSS. and inscrr. (cf. raeda and reda; saeculum and seculum; ceteri and caeteri, etc.), and often approaching the sound of ī (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 324 sqq.). The short e in Latin is the least emphatic of all the vowels; hence, it not only took the place of other vowels in changes of words where the sounds became weakened, and in the vulgar language where the vowel sounds were less sharply distinguished, but frequently took the place of a final syllable ending in a consonant, and was sometimes, especially at the end of words, rejected.
    b.
    The transition of ă into ĕ (which took place especially before two consonants, whereas usually ă passed into ĭ in open syllables, v. art. A.) is seen in the compounds refello, commendo, ineptus, confercio, incestus, perpetior, etc. In some words the orthography is unsettled, as in the compounds of spargo, which are written sometimes aspergo, conspergo, dispergo, etc., and sometimes aspargo, conspargo, dispargo, etc.; as along with dispando the vulgar form dispenno also occurs. So in all the verbal reduplications, as cĕcidi, cĕcini, pĕperi, pĕpigi, tĕtigi; pĕperci, fĕfelli; dĕdi and stĕti (from cado, cano, pario, pango, tango, parco, fallo, DA and STA), whereas the vowels i, o, u remain unchanged in reduplication (bĭbi; mŏmordi; tŭtudi; for the anomalous forms in Gell. 7, 9, are certainly Graecized). As along with pĕpĭgi there also arose by syncope (in the Lat. lang. a predominating element in the formation of words) the perfect pēgi; so we may explain the perfect forms cēpi, fēci, jēci, frēgi, and ēgi, as syncopated from cĕcĭpi, fĕfĭci, jĕjĭci, frĕfĭgi, and ĕïgi (this last analogously with dēgo, from dēĭgo).
    c.
    For i stands ĕ
    (α).
    in the neuter forms of the adjectives in is (acre, agreste, facile, etc.).—
    (β).
    In the nominative forms: aedes, apes, canes, etc. (for aedis, apis, canis, etc. v. h. vv.).—
    (γ).
    In the dative forms: morte, jure dicundo, Dijove, Victore, etc. (cf. Neue, Formenl. 1, 192 sq.; and Quint. 1, 4, 17). —
    (δ).
    In the nominatives in es, whose genitive has ĭtis.—
    (ε).
    In the nominatives from stems ending in c, b, p, t, n, etc., as, pollex, caelebs, princeps, comes, flumen, from pollic-, caelib-, princip-, comit-, flumin-; and
    (ζ).
    In the old and partly vulgar manner of writing and pronouncing: CEPET, EXEMET, NAVEBOS (Colum. Rostr.), FVET, DEDET, TEMPESTATEBVS, TIBE (Epit. of the Scipios), COMPROMESISE (S. C. de Bacch.), MENERVA, MAGESTER, HERE, VEA, VELLA, etc. (Quint. 1, 4, 8, and 17; Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 14; cf. Cic. de Or. 3, 12, 46). In the earliest period (before Plautus) ĕ was found in many words in which ĭ afterwards took its place; as: semul, fuet, mereto, tempestatebus, etc.—
    (η).
    It is prob. too that the abl. ĕ of the third declension proceeded from ī (or id); cf. Neue, Formenl. 1, 239 sqq.; Corss. Ausspr. 2, 241 sq.
    d.
    It less freq. happens that o and u pass over into ĕ, as vello, ocellus, verto, vertex, vester, compared with vulsi, oculus, vorto, vortex, voster: generis from genus, societas from socius, etc.; and even for long u we have ĕ in dejĕro and pejĕro, from jūro.
    e.
    The stem vowel o is weakened to ĕ in the vocative of nouns in us of the second declension; ĕ also represents o in the perf. and in pass. forms, such as scripsere, conabare, conabere, from scripserunt, conabaris, conaberis; in the future forms attinge, dice, facie, recipie, from attingam, dicam, faciam, recipiam (see under dico init.); in the forms mage, pote, from magis, potis, etc.; it is inserted for euphony in the nom. of many nouns and adjj whose stems end in r preceded by a mute, as ager, aper, liber, aeger, ruber, sacer, etc.
    f.
    The vowel e is suppressed in the imperatives dic, duc, fac, fer, in the anteclass infinitive biber (from bibere); in the vocative of the second declension of nouns in ius, as Gai, geni, fili, canteri, columbari, mantuari, volturi, mi (cf. Freund in Jahn's Neue Jahrbüch, 1835, vol. 13, p. 148 sq.), in enclitic particles often, as: hic, haec, hoc, for hice, etc.; so, illaec, sic, nunc, nec, ac, etc.: viden, potin: quin, for quine, etc., and as an initial in the present forms of the verb esse (sum, sumus, sunt; sim, etc., for esum, esumus, esunt, esim, etc.). But the forms facul, simul, Bacchanal, etc., are not apocopated. Even a radical ĕ sometimes drops out when a prefix or suffix is taken; so, gigno, for gigeno: malignus, for maligenus: gnatus, for genatus.
    g.
    The long e interchanges most freq. with the diphthongs ae and oe (q. v.); yet it sometimes also took the place of ā, as in anhēlo, from hālo, and in the rustic bēlo, for bālo; and likewise of ī, as LEBER, SPECA, AMECVS, for līber, spīca, amīcus (Quint. Inst. l. l.; Varr. R. R. 1, 48, 2; Paul. ex Fest. p. 15, 6 Müll.); and in words borrowed from the Greek, as chorēa, Darēus, along with Academīa, Alexandrīa; see the letter I.
    h.
    As an abbreviation, E (mostly in connection with other abbreviations) signifies egregius, equus, eques, erexit, evocatus, etc.; e. g. E. M. V. = egregiae memoriae vir; E. Q. R. = eques Romanus; EE. QQ. RR. = equites Romani; E. P. = equo publico; E. M. D. S. P. E. = e monitu de sua pecunia erexit, etc.
    2.
    e.. praep., out of, from, v. ex.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > e

  • 23 tum

    tum, adv. demonstr., of time [pronom. demonstr. stems to-, ta-; Gr. to, seen in ita, tam, etc.; cf. quom or cum], then.
    I.
    Absol.
    A.
    Referring to a time previously specified.
    1.
    To a definite past time.
    (α).
    To a period of time in which something was or happened (opp. later periods) = illis temporibus:

    is dictu'st ollis popularibus olim Qui tum vivebant homines,

    Enn. Ann. v. 308 Vahl.:

    quod tum erat res in pecore et locorum possessionibus, i. e. Romuli temporibus,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 9, 16:

    cum illi male dicerent, quod tum fieri licebat, i. e. Periclis temporibus,

    id. de Or. 3, 34, 138:

    erat omnino tum mos ut faciles essent in suum cuique tribuendo,

    id. Brut. 21, 85; cf. id. Tusc. 1, 46, 111:

    vastae tum in his locis solitudines erant,

    Liv. 1, 4, 6; 2, 6, 8; 3, 29, 3; 4, 6, 12; 42, 62, 11;

    44, 9, 4: ut tum erant tempora,

    Nep. Att. 1, 2; 12, 3; Liv. 1, 3, 3; 1, 8, 4; 2, 7, 4; 2, 9, 8; 2, 50, 2; 2, 63, 6;

    39, 6, 7 and 9.—With illis temporibus: nam jam tum illis temporibus fortius... loquebantur quam pugnabant,

    Nep. Thras. 2, 4.—
    (β).
    Referring to a point of time, then, at that time:

    insigneita fere tum milia militum octo Duxit,

    Enn. Ann. v. 336 Vahl.: ut jacui exsurgo;

    ardere censui aedis: ita tum confulgebant,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 15:

    jam duo restabant fata tum,

    id. Bacch. 4, 9, 35; id. Cist. 1, 3, 14: quot eras annos gnatus tum, quom, etc.? Me Septuennis, nam tum dentes mihi cadebant primulum, id. Men. 5, 9, 56; id. Merc. prol. 66; id. Most. 1, 2, 49; id. Am. 2, 1, 56; Ter. And. 1, 1, 82: sic igitur tum se levis ac diffusilis aether... undique flexit. Lucr. 5, 467; 5, 837; 5, 911; 5, 432;

    5, 942: atque huic anno proximus Sulla consule et Pompejo fuit. Tum P. Sulpicii in tribunatu, cottidie contionantis, totum genus dicendi cognovimus,

    Cic. Brut. 89, 306; id. Ac. 2, 22, 69:

    scribit Eudemum Pheras venisse, quae erat urbs in Thessalia tum admodum nobilis,

    id. Div. 1, 25, 53; id. Rep. 2, 37, 63:

    hi tum in Asia rhetorum principes,

    id. Brut. 91, 316; id. Sest. 11, 26; id. Planc. 37, 90; id. Quint. 61, 170; id. Fam. 9, 21, 2:

    hoc tum veritus Caesar Pharum prehendit,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 112:

    eodem anno a Campanis Cumae, quam Graeci tum urbem tenebant, capiuntur,

    Liv. 4, 44, 13; 1, 7, 14; 2, 9, 5;

    2, 37, 7: praetores tum duos Latium habebat,

    id. 8, 3, 9:

    Aemilius, cujus tum fasces erant, dictatorem dixit,

    id. 8, 12, 13; 5, 8, 4; 22, 46, 6;

    1, 7, 12: tum Athenis perpetui archontes esse desierunt,

    Vell. 1, 8, 3:

    tum Cimbri et Teutoni transcendere Rhenum,

    id. 2, 8, 3; Val. Max. 1, 5, 3; Tac. H. 4, 49; 3, 57:

    non timido, non ignavo cessare tum licuit,

    Curt. 3, 11, 5:

    Archiae, qui tum maximum magistratum Thebis obtinebat,

    Nep. Pelop. 3, 2; id. Phoc. 3, 3.—With in eo tempore: eum quem virile secus tum in eo tempore habebat, Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 5.—Repeated by anaphora:

    quae nox omnium temporum conjurationis acerrima fuit. Tum Catilinae dies exeundi, tum ceteris manendi condicio, tum descriptio... constituta est, tum tuus pater, etc.,

    Cic. Sull. 18, 52; cf. Lucr. 5, 1377; 5, 1399.—
    (γ).
    Esp., referring to a former state, implying that it no longer exists:

    quaesivit ex lege illa Cornelia quae tum erat,

    Cic. Clu. 20, 55:

    cum sententias Oppianicus, quae tum erat potestas, palam ferri velle dixisset,

    id. ib. 27, 75:

    Caere, opulento tum oppido,

    Liv. 1, 2, 3; 3, 52, 3:

    praetores aerarii (nam tum a praetoribus tractabatur aerarium), etc.,

    Tac. H. 4, 9.—
    (δ).
    Expressly opposed to present time (hodie, nunc, hoc tempore, etc.; class. and very freq.; but in post-Aug. writers tunc is regularly used): prius non is eras qui eras;

    nunc is factu's qui tum non eras,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 138:

    tu nunc tibi Id laudi ducis quod tum fecisti inopia?

    Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 25; id. Hec. 3, 3, 48:

    quae tabula, tum imperio tuo revulsa, nunc a me tamen reportata est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 46, § 112:

    tum imperator populi Romani deos patrios reportabat, nunc praetor ejusdem populi eosdem illos deos... auferebat,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 35, § 77; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 35, § 78; 2, 5, 20, § 51; id. Clu. 31, 86; id. Planc. 9, 22; id. Quint. 22, 71; id. Phil. 14, 8, 21; id. Leg. 2, 22, 57; Caes. B. C. 3, 17; Liv. 5, 3, 5; 6, 15, 11; 10, 9, 6.—
    (ε).
    Opposed to another time specified:

    itaque tum eos exire jussit. Post autem e provincia litteras ad conlegium misit, se, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 4, 11:

    itaque ut tum carere rege, sic pulso Tarquinio nomen regis audire non poterat,

    id. Rep. 2, 30, 53; id. Mil. 21, 55:

    sicut legatorum antea, ita tum novorum colonorum caede imbutis armis,

    Liv. 4, 31, 7; 39, 22, 10; 9, 36, 1; 2, 52, 7; 4, 2, 10; 4, 57, 11;

    21, 17, 1: et tum sicca, prius celeberrima fontibus, Ide,

    Ov. M. 2, 218; Verg. A. 11, 33; Nep. Arist. 2, 3; id. Ham. 11, 7.—
    (ζ).
    In the historians in applying general statements or truths to the state of affairs spoken of: communi enim fit vitio naturae ut invisis atque incognitis rebus... vehementius exterreamur;

    ut tum accidit,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 4; 3, 68; id. B. G. 7, 3; 2, 6; id. B. C. 1, 80:

    foedera alia aliis legibus, ceterum eodem modo omnia fiunt. Tum ita factum accepimus,

    Liv. 1, 24, 4; 1, 32, 14; 21, 31, 12.—
    (η).
    Denoting coincidence or inner connection with an action before mentioned = a temporal clause (tum = cum hoc fieret), then, on that occasion:

    quis tum non ingemuit?

    Cic. Vatin. 13, 31:

    ne tum quidem hominum venustatem et facetias perspicere potuisti? i. e. cum coronam auream imponebant,

    id. Fl. 31, 76: apud imperitos tum illa dicta sunt;

    nunc agendum est subtilius,

    id. Fin. 4, 27, 74:

    itaque tum Stajenus condemnatus est,

    i. e. in that trial, id. Clu. 36, 101; id. Sen. 7, 22:

    M. Porcius Cato qui, asper ingenio, tum lenem mitemque senatorem egit,

    Liv. 45, 25; Val. Max. 8, 3, 3:

    sed tum supplicia dis... decernuntur,

    Tac. A. 3, 64; 3, 72:

    Graecia tum potuit Priamo quoque flenda videri,

    Ov. M. 14, 474.—

    With the occasion referred to specified in the same clause: Manlius... ex petulanti scurra in discordiis civitatis ad eam columnam tum suffragiis populi pervenerat,

    Cic. Clu. 13, 39:

    emisti tum in naufragio hujus urbis... tum, inquam, emisti ut, etc.,

    id. Prov. Cons. 4, 7.—Repeated by anaphora: et Capitolinis injecit sedibus ignes. Tum statua Nattae, tum simulacra deorum, Romulusque et Remus cum altrice belua vi fulminis icti conciderunt, Cic. Div. 2, 20, 45;

    so repeated seven times,

    id. Rep. 1, 40, 62.—
    (θ).
    Redundant, the time of the action being clear without it (esp. in Cic.):

    atque hoc tum judicio facto... tamen Avitus Oppianicum reum statim non facit,

    Cic. Clu. 20, 56:

    itaque tum ille inopia et necessitate coactus ad Caepasios confugit,

    id. ib. 20, 57; id. Brut. 23, 90; 39, 145; 43, 161; cf. id. Sull. 18, 51, where tum redundant occurs six times successively.—
    2.
    In oblique discourse, referring to the time of the speaker, = nunc in direct discourse:

    quando autem se, si tum non sint, pares hostibus fore?

    if they were not now so, Liv. 3, 62, 1:

    (dixit Sempronius)... nec tum agrum plebi, sed sibi invidiam quaeri,

    id. 4, 44, 9; 4, 57, 4:

    moenia eos tum transcendere non Italiae modo, sed etiam urbis Romanae,

    id. 21, 35, 9; 5, 21, 7 (in this use nunc is also freq.).—
    3.
    Referring to indefinite time.
    (α).
    Then, at such a time of the year, day, etc., at such a season:

    tum denique tauros in gregem redigo (after Lyra rises),

    Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 12; 1, 35 fin.; Col. 11, 2, 87.—
    (β).
    With the force of an indefinite temporal clause, at such a time, in such circumstances, i. e. when such a thing happens as has happened:

    qui (porci) a partu decimo die habentur puri, ab eo appellantur sacres, quod tum ad sacrificium idonei habentur primum,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 16; 2, 7, 13:

    deinde cibum sequitur somnus... quia plurima tum se corpora conturbant (i. e. cum cibum ceperunt),

    Lucr. 4, 957; 3, 599; 4, 892; 4, 919;

    4, 1030: quam regionem cum superavit animus... finem altius se efferendi facit. Tum enim sui similem et levitatem et calorem adeptus... nullam in partem movetur,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 43; 1, 31, 75; 3, 23, 55; 4, 24, 54; Tac. Dial. 7.—
    (γ).
    With the force of a conditional clause, then, in this instance, if so: immo res omnis relictas habeo prae quod tu velis. Ph. Tum tu igitur, qua causa missus es ad portum, id expedi (i. e. si ita est), Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 39; id. Most. 5, 1, 55; id. As. 1, 1, 93; 2, 2, 64; 3, 3, 36; id. Aul. 3, 6, 31; id. Capt. 3, 4, 108; 4, 2, 78: non potitus essem;

    fuisset tum illos mi aegre aliquot dies,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 3, 7; id. Eun. 2, 2, 50; 5, 1, 23; id. Hec. 3, 5, 12:

    ego C. Caesaris laudibus desim, quas, etc.? Tum hercule me confitear non judicium aliquod habuisse,

    Cic. Planc. 39, 93: scribant aliquid Isocrateo more...;

    tum illos existimabo non desperatione formidavisse genus hoc,

    id. Or. 70, 235; id. Font. 21, 49 (17, 39); id. Tusc. 1, 35, 85; id. Fam. 9, 8, 2; Ov. H. 18 (19), 81: vellem tam ferax saeculum haberemus...;

    tum ego te primus hortarer, etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 15, 8.—
    4.
    Referring to future time.
    (α).
    To a definite time before mentioned:

    ut sit satius perdere Quam aut nunc manere tam diu, aut tum persequi,

    i. e. after my future return, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 27:

    jam nunc mente prospicio quae tum studia hominum, qui concursus futuri sint,

    Cic. Div. in Caecin. 13, 42; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37; 1, 10, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 17; id. Marcell. 9, 30:

    tum meae... Vocis accedet bona pars,

    Hor. C. 4, 2, 45.—
    (β).
    With the force of a conditional clause (cf. 3. b, supra), then, in this instance, if so: specta, tum scies. Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 100; cf.:

    quom videbis, tum scies,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 37: tuom incendes genus;

    Tum igitur aquae erit tibi cupido, etc.,

    id. Trin. 3, 2, 50; id. Curc. 2, 3, 17:

    confer sudantes, ructantes, refertos epulis... tum intelleges, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 34, 100; id. Planc. 18, 45; id. Phil. 2, 45, 115:

    agedum, dictatorem creemus... Pulset tum mihi lictorem qui sciet, etc.,

    Liv. 2, 29, 12; Cic. Phil. 10, 3, 6; id. Or. 23, 78; 71, 235; Liv. 4, 22, 11; 5, 16, 10; 9, 11, 4.—
    B.
    Referring to a time subsequent to a time mentioned, then, thereupon.
    1.
    Simple sequence in time.
    (α).
    Time proper (only of an immediate sequence;

    otherwise deinde, postea, etc., are used): tum cum corde suo divum pater atque hominum rex Effatur, etc.,

    Enn. Ann. 179:

    dico ei quo pactod eam viderim erilem nostram filiam sustollere. Extimuit tum illa,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 9; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 29; id. As. 4, 1, 58: tum ille egens forte adplicat Primum ad Chrysidis patrem se. Ter. And. 5, 4, 21; id. Eun. 3, 1, 17; Cato, R. R. 48 (49); 135 (136); so id. ib. 112 (113): equos quinto anno... amittere binos (dentes);

    tum renascentes eis sexto anno impleri,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 2 sq.: collo [p. 1909] cari jussit hominem in aureo lecto, abacosque complures ornavit... Tum ad mensam eximia forma pueros jussit consistere, eosque, etc., Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 61:

    dixerat hoc ille, cum puer nuntiavit venire ad eum Laelium... Tum Scipio e cubiculo est egressus, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18; id. Div. 2, 66, 135; id. Clu. 14, 40; id. Cat. 3, 5, 10; id. Ac. 2, 5, 13; id. Div. 1, 35, 77:

    hostes suos ab oppugnatione reduxerunt. Tum suo more conclamaverunt ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 26; cf. id. ib. 7, 64; 5, 43 fin.;

    5, 48: adsurgentem ibi regem cuspide ad terram adfixit. Tum spolia caputque abscisum spiculo gerens... hostes fudit,

    Liv. 4, 19, 5; 5, 21, 1; 1, 26, 9; 1, 18, 10; 1, 20, 1; 1, 22, 6; 1, 28, 4; 1, 28, 9; 2, 24, 4;

    3, 8, 11, etc.: tum Caesar cum exercitu Thessaliam petit,

    Vell. 2, 52, 1; Val. Max. 5, 1, 3; Curt. 4, 3, 7; Tac. A. 3, 28; 11, 35; id. H. 4, 84; Ov. M. 2, 122; 4, 80; 7, 121; 10, 481; 14, 386; Flor. 1, 13, 12; Gell. 1, 19, 5; 1, 23, 5.—
    (β).
    In partic., foll. by an abl. absol.:

    tum, prope jam perculsis aliis tribunis, A. Verginius Caesoni capitis diem dicit,

    Liv. 3, 11, 9; 8, 32, 1; 10, 29, 12:

    tum omni spe perdita, Meherdates dolo ejus vincitur, traditurque victori,

    Tac. A. 12, 15; 12, 16:

    tum, ferro extracto, confestim exanimatus est,

    Nep. Epam. 9, 4.—
    (γ).
    Implying a connection between two events, hence, under these circumstances, accordingly, thereupon:

    at pater omnipotens ira tum percitus acri... Phaethonta... Deturbavit in terram,

    Lucr. 5, 399:

    madefactum iri Graeciam sanguine... tum neque te ipsum non esse commotum, Marcumque Varronem et M. Catonem... vehementer esse perterritos,

    Cic. Div. 1, 32, 68; cf. id. ib. 1, 34, 76; Caes. B. G. 4, 25; cf. id. ib. 5, 49; 5, 51;

    7, 59: quippe quibus nec domi spes prolis, nec cum finitimis conubia essent. Tum ex consilio patrum Romulus legatos circa vicinas gentes misit,

    Liv. 1, 9, 2; 3, 26, 1; 3, 31, 7; 4, 45, 7.—
    2.
    Enumeration of a series of events; the co-ordinate clauses introduced by tum... tum, or primum (primo)... deinde... tum, etc.
    (α).
    Succession of time proper:

    ducem Hannibali unum e concilio datum (a Jove), tum ei ducem illum praecepisse ne respiceret, illum autem respexisse, tum visam beluam vastam, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 1, 24, 49; 1, 27, 57; 2, 28, 58 sq.:

    primo... deinde... tum... tum,

    id. Fin. 1, 16, 50; 5, 23, 65; id. Tusc. 5, 2, 5:

    primum... deinde... tum... postremo,

    id. N. D. 2, 1, 3; 3, 3, 6: primum colonos inde Romanos expulit: inde in Latinam viam transgressus, etc., inde Lavinium recepit; tum deinceps Corbionem, Vitelliam;

    postremum, etc.,

    Liv. 2, 39, 4:

    primi consules sub jugum missi, tum ut quisque gradu proximus erat, tum deinceps singulae legiones,

    id. 9, 6, 1:

    primo... deinde... tum... tum,

    id. 21, 22, 8; id. praef. 9; 3, 28, 8: 5, 39, 7;

    23, 23, 6: deinde... deinde... Tum... post quas, etc.,

    Curt. 3, 3, 24: primum... deinde... deinde... tum... postea, Masur. Gabin. ap. Gell. 5, 13, 5; Gai. Inst. 4, 60.—
    (β).
    So in partic.: tum (also hic, et;

    not deinde or postea), to denote the succession of speakers in dialogue: immo duas dabo, inquit adulescens... Tum senex ille: Si vis, inquit, quattuor sane dato,

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 1, 46 dub.:

    tum Piso... inquit, etc. Tum Quintus... inquit, etc. Hic ego... inquam, etc. Tum ille... inquit, etc. Tum Piso... inquit, etc. Et ille ridens... inquit, etc. Tum Piso exorsus est, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 1, 2 sqq.:

    tum Atticus... inquit, etc. Tum ille... inquit, etc. Tum Brutus, etc. Tum ille, etc. Tum Atticus, etc. Tum Pomponius... inquit, etc.,

    id. Brut. 3, 11 sqq., and through the whole treatise; cf. id. Ac. 1, 2, 4; 1, 3, 9; 1, 4, 13; 1, 12, 43 and 44; 2, 19, 63; id. N. D. 1, 6, 15 sqq.; id. Rep. 1, 13, 19 sqq.; Liv. 7, 10, 2 sqq.; 23, 12, 8; Tac. Dial. 3; 15; 25; 42; Gell. 3, 1, 11 sqq.; 18, 1, 9 sqq.; Ov. M. 14, 594.—
    (γ).
    Transf., of sequence or succession of thought, passing into mere co-ordination (v. C. 2. b, g), then... again... furthermore:

    qui mi in cursu obstiterit, faxo vitae is obstiterit suae. Prius edico ne quis, etc. Tum pistores scrofipasci qui, etc. Tum piscatores.... Tum lanii autem qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 28; 4, 2, 34; 4, 2, 39: (res familiaris) primum bene parta sit, tum quam plurimis se utilem praebeat, deinde augeatur ratione, diligentia, etc., Cic. Off. 1, 26, 92; id. Ac. 2, 47, 146; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 68 sq.; 5, 40, 117; id. Ac. 2, 10, 30; id. de Or. 1, 42, 190; id. Cat. 4, 3, 5; id. Agr. 1, 2, 5; id. Clu. 2, 6; Liv. 3, 26, 11.—
    C.
    Hence, as co-ordinating conjunction, introducing an additional assertion, or thought.
    1.
    Alone, = praeterea, and then, besides, also, moreover, on the other hand (freq. in ante-class. style and in Cic.;

    rare in Livy and post-Aug. prose): argenti aurique advexit multum, lanam purpuramque multam... tum Babylonica peristromata, etc.,

    Plaut. Stich. 2, 3, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 10; id. Bacch. 4, 3, 71; 4, 8, 17; id. Ps. 3, 2, 78; id. Aul. 1, 2, 6; 1, 3, 16; id. Men. 5, 5, 41; id. Mil. 4, 2, 13; id. Pers. 1, 3, 15; 4, 2, 3; Ter. And. 1, 5, 27; 1, 2, 21; 2, 3, 7; id. Eun. prol. 4; 5, 6, 15; id. Heaut. 2, 1, 16; Lucr. 4, 680; cf. id. 1, 494; 4, 1152:

    magnum ingenium L. Luculli, magnumque optimarum artium studium, tum omnis ab eo percepta doctrina... caruit omnino rebus urbanis,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 1; 2, 14, 43; id. Div. 1, 24, 50; 1, 42, 94; id. de Or. 1, 46, 201; id. Off. 1, 6, 19; id. Fin. 1, 6, 21; 2, 16, 53; id. Leg. 1, 5, 17; 1, 9, 26; id. Rab. Post. 14, 40; id. Phil. 13, 12, 26:

    altera ex parte Bellovaci instabant, alteram Camulogenus tenebat: tum legiones a praesidio interclusas maximum flumen distinebat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 59; id. B. C. 3, 49: naves convenerunt duae Punicae quinqueremes;

    duae ab Heraclea triremes... tum quinque Rhodiae quadriremes,

    Liv. 42, 56, 6; 1, 40, 4; Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 4; Just. 5, 10, 3.—Sometimes connecting two terms of the same clause, with the force of cum... tum (v. infra, 3. d.):

    quot me censes homines jam deverberasse, hospites tum civis?

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 14:

    faciendum est igitur nobis ut... veteranorum, tum legionis Martiae quartaeque consensus... confirmetur,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 3, 7; Liv. 28, 43, 1 (in co-ordination often with etiam, autem, and sometimes with praeterea and porro; v. III. infra).—
    2.
    Tum as correlative of a preceding tum.
    (α).
    With an added assertion or thought: ita est haec hominum natio: voluptarii atque potatores, Tum sycophantae... plurimi In urbe habitant;

    tum meretrices mulieres Nusquam perhibentur blandiores gentium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 35; id. Ep. 2, 2, 28; id. Mil. 3, 1, 100; 3, 1, 102.—
    (β).
    Tum... tum = nunc... nunc (modo... modo), sometimes... sometimes, now... now, at one time... at another (freq. in Cic., not in Caes., rare in Liv., and very rare in postAug. writers):

    tum huc, tum illuc inretitos impedit piscis,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 1, 17:

    tum hoc mihi probabilius, tum illud videtur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 43, 134:

    mihi... tum hoc tum illud probabilius videtur,

    id. Off. 3, 7, 33; so id. Am. 4, 13; id. Sen. 13, 45; id. Top. 7, 31; id. N. D. 2, 19, 49:

    (alvus) tum restringitur, tum relaxatur,

    id. ib. 2, 54, 136; id. Rep. 3, 13 (14), 23; id. Leg. 2, 7, 16; id. Or. 63, 212; id. Sen. 3, 7; id. Inv. 1, 37, 66:

    dictator tum appellare tum adhortari milites,

    Liv. 8, 39, 4; Suet. Ner. 1; Gell. 1, 11, 15.—Tum may be repeated several times:

    plerique propter voluptatem tum in morbos graves, tum in damna, tum in dedecora incurrunt,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 14, 47; 3, 7, 26;

    so three times,

    id. N. D. 1, 12, 29; 1, 14, 37; 1, 15, 39; id. Inv. 1, 52, 98; id. Or. 3, 45, 177; id. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 2, 17, 43; id. Top. 25, 96;

    four times,

    id. N. D. 1, 43, 120; 2, 20, 52; 2, 39, 101; id. Verr. 2, 4, 34, § 75;

    five times,

    id. N. D. 2, 5, 14; id. Inv. 1, 13, 17; 1, 41, 76; id. Verr. 2, 5, 36, § 94;

    six times,

    id. ib. 1, 53, 120;

    seven times,

    Quint. 9, 4, 133;

    nine times,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 50, 51.—And in chronological order (to be distinguished from the instances B. 2. a and g):

    Atheniensium (rem publicam constituerunt) tum Theseus, tum Draco, tum Solo, tum Clisthenes, tum multi alii,

    at different times, successively, Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 2.—
    (γ).
    Preceded or followed by other co-ordinate words (alias, modo, aliquando, aut... aut, nunc... nunc):

    ex quo intellegitur qualis ille sit quem tum moderatum, alias modestum, tum temperantem, alias constantem continentemque dicimus,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 16, 36:

    tum... tum... aliquando,

    id. Div. 2, 2, 6:

    tum... tum... aut... aut,

    id. Or. 61, 204:

    modo... tum autem,

    id. N. D. 2, 40, 142:

    nunc... nunc... tum... tum,

    Flor. 1, 17, 5.—
    (δ).
    Tum... tum = et... et, both... and, not only... but also, partly... partly, without regard to time, the second term being frequently strengthened by etiam (mostly post-Aug.):

    Milo Compsam oppugnans, ictusque lapide tum Clodio, tum patriae, quam armis petebat, poenas dedit,

    Vell. 2, 68, 3:

    Muciam et Fulviam, tum a patre, tum a viro utramque inclitam,

    Val. Max. 9, 1, 8:

    Caesar Pompejo tum proprias, tum etiam filiae lacrimas reddidit,

    id. 5, 1, 10; Quint. 7, 3, 18; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 28; id. Clem. 1, 19, 2; Front. Aquaed. 1; Tac. A. 12, 33; Suet. Tit. 3; Nep. praef. 8;

    and with etiam,

    Val. Max. 2, 2, 8; 5, 9, 1; 7, 6 prooem.; Nep. Them. 2, 3.—
    3.
    As correlative with a preceding cum, introducing particular after a universal or a stronger or more important assertion after a weaker or less important.
    a.
    Connecting complete sentences with different predicates, cum... tum = as... so, while... (tum being not translated; ante-class. cum always with indic.; class. with subj. or indic.):

    quom antehac te amavi, et mihi amicam esse crevi... tum id mihi hodie aperuisti,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 2; id. Truc. 4, 1, 6:

    quom id mihi placebat, tum uno ore omnes omnia Bona dicere,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 10:

    quae cum res tota ficta sit pueriliter, tum ne efficit quidem quod vult,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 19; id. Tusc. 5, 39, 13; id. Fam. 13, 16, 1; and so with subj., id. N. D. 1, 1, 1; id. Off. 3, 2, 5; id. Lael. 7, 23; id. Brut. 39, 145; 11, 250:

    cum omnium rerum simulatio est vitiosa, tum amicitiae repugnat maxime,

    id. Lael. 25, 91; id. Div. 2, 27, 58; and so with indic., id. Planc. 33, 80; id. Tull. 4, 8; id. Div. in Caecil. 20, 65; id. Sest. 1, 2; id. Fam. 16, 4, 4:

    haec cum merito ejus fieri intellegebat, tum magni interesse arbitrabatur, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 4; 3, 16; id. B. C. 1, 58; Liv. 3, 34, 1; 4, 53, 4.—
    b.
    Clauses with the same predicate, which is placed after the first clause (always with indic.):

    nam mihi, cum multa eximie divineque videntur Athenae tuae peperisse, tum nihil melius illis mysteriis quibus, etc.,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 14, 36; id. Tusc. 4, 18, 42; id. Phil. 2, 5, 12; Liv. 4, 46, 10; 6, 38, 10.—
    c.
    Clauses with a common predicate placed before both co-ordinate terms, cum... tum = not only, but also; as... so especially:

    visa est Arcesilae cum vera sententia, tum honesta et digna sapiente,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 24, 77; id. Fin. 1, 16, 51; 2, 35, 119; 3, 1, 3:

    movit patres conscriptos cum causa tum auctor,

    Liv. 9, 10, 1; 4, 57, 2; Suet. Ner. 46 init.
    d.
    With a common predicate after both co-ordinate terms:

    quom virum tum uxorem, di vos perdant,

    Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 103:

    luxuria cum omni aetati turpis tum senectuti foedissima est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 34, 123; id. Clu. 59, 161; id. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 86; id. N. D. 1, 21, 57; id. Deiot. 9, 26; id. Clu. 16, 46:

    concitatos animos flecti quam frangi putabat cum tutius tum facilius esse,

    Liv. 2, 23, 15; 6, 9, 8; 1, 57, 1; 10, 26, 13; Tac. Dial. 5.—With tum several times repeated:

    quem pater moriens cum tutoribus et propinquis, tum legibus, tum aequitati magistratuum, tum judiciis vestris commendatum putavit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 58, § 151; cf. esp. id. Planc. 40, 95. —
    e.
    Tum, in this construction, is freq. strengthened,
    (α).
    By vero:

    cum haec sunt videnda, tum vero illud est hominis magni, etc.,

    in particular, Cic. Clu. 58, 159; id. Mur. 27, 55; id. Phil. 3, 5, 12; 7, 3, 9; cf. id. Or. 1, 23, 106; 3, 16, 60; Liv. 34, 39, 9; Quint. 12, 1, 25.—
    (β).
    By maxime, above all, most of all, especially, chiefly:

    cum omnibus in rebus temeritas in adsentando turpis est, tum in eo loco maxime in quo ju dicandum est quantum, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 1, 4, 7; id. Tusc. 4, 1, 1; 5, 12, 36; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 69:

    cum infamia atque indignitas rei impediebat, tum maxime quod, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 56; Sall. J. 43, 5; Liv. 1, 8, 2; Suet. Claud. 30; Quint. 6, 1, 29.—
    (γ).
    By praecipue, especially, chiefly, above all:

    cum omnium sociorum provinciarumque rationem diligenter habere debetis, tum praecipue Siciliae,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 2; id. Fam. 13, 11, 3:

    fortuna quae plurimum potest cum in reliquis rebus, tum praecipue in bello,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 68; Liv. 22, 43, 11; 1, 40, 3; Quint. 1, 1, 29; 1, 10, 13; 5, 10, 106; Plin. Ep. 4, 3, 2.—
    (δ).
    By inprimis, chiefly, principally:

    cum multa non probo, tum illud inprimis quod, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 18; id. Fam. 12, 22, 3.—
    (ε).
    By cumprimis, chiefly, principally: quapropter bene cum superis de rebus habenda Nobis est ratio... tum cumprimis Unde anima atque animi constet [p. 1910] natura videndum, Lucr. 1, 131.—
    (ζ).
    By certe, especially, at least, assuredly:

    at cum de plurimis eadem dicit, tum certe de maximis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 5, 13; id. Fam. 7, 4; cf. Quint. 2, 1, 10.—
    (η).
    By nimirum, assuredly, undoubtedly:

    cum plurimas... commoditates amicitia contineat, tum illa nimirum praestat omnibus quod, etc.,

    Cic. Am. 7, 23. —
    (θ).
    By etiam, besides, as well:

    cum omnes omnibus ex terris homines improbos audacesque collegerat, tum etiam multos fortes viros et bonos... tenebat,

    Cic. Cael. 6, 14; id. Ac. 2, 10, 31; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2:

    quos tu cum memoriter, tum etiam erga nos amice et benevole collegisti,

    id. Fin. 1, 10, 34; id. Verr. 2, 3, 23, § 56:

    cum sua virtute, tum etiam alienis vitiis,

    id. Leg. 23, 67; id. Fin. 2, 12, 38; id. N. D. 2, 37, 95; id. de Or. 3, 60, 225; Liv. 1, 21, 2; 7, 23, 6; 7, 32, 10; Val. Max. 7, 2, 3; 3, 2, 10; 9, 6, 3; Quint. 9, 1, 20; 9, 4, 143.—
    (ι).
    By quoque, also, besides, as well:

    cum potestas major, tum vir quoque potestati par hostes trans Anienem submovere,

    Liv. 4, 17, 11; 1, 22, 2; cf. Quint. 12, 10, 72.—
    (κ).
    By et, also, besides, too:

    cujus mortem cum luctus civitatis, tum et dictaturae undecim insignem fecere,

    Just. 19, 1, 7.—
    (λ).
    By praeterea, moreover, besides:

    dicimus C. Verrem cum multa libidinose fecerit, tum praeterea quadringentiens sestertium ex Sicilia abstulisse,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56.
    II.
    Tum as correlative of dependent clauses (freq. in ante - class. writings and Cic., rare in post-Aug. writings).
    A.
    With temporal clauses, introduced by cum, = at the time when, at a time when.
    1.
    Referring to definite past time.
    a.
    Tum as antecedent of cum:

    jam tum cum primum jussit me ad se arcessier, Roget quis, Quid tibi cum illa?

    Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 4; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21:

    qui (Hercules) tum dolore frangebatur cum immortalitatem ipsa morte quaerebat,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 8, 20:

    bene apud majores nostros senatus tum cum florebat imperium decrevit ut, etc.,

    id. Div. 1, 41, 91; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114; id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 2, 66, § 160; id. Clu. 33, 89; id. Verr. 1, 2, 5; id. Brut. 2, 7; 23, 89; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Agr. 2, 24, 64; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; 3, 4, 11:

    tum mittendos legatos fuisse cum Perseus Graecas urbes obsideret,

    Liv. 45, 3, 7:

    tum cum Vipereos sparsi... dentes,

    Ov. M. 4, 572; id. H. 3, 23; Val. Max. 6, 1, 12.—After pluperf.:

    nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant scimus Romae solutione impedita fidem concidisse,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19; Val. Max. 3, 6, 1; 2, 8, 15 fin. —Tum inserted in the temporal clause:

    cum Davo egomet vidi jurgantem ancillam... quom ibi me adesse neuter tum praesenserat,

    Ter. And. 5, 1, 20.—
    b.
    Tum, introducing the apodosis of the temporal clause (generally not transl. in Engl.).
    (α).
    Of coincident events, cum... tum = while: quom genui tum morituros scivi, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 58, 132 (Trag. Rel. v. 361 Vahl.); Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 18:

    cum minime videbamur, tum maxime philosophabamur,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 3, 6; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Cael. 26, 63; id. Phil. 3, 5, 13:

    cum pavida mulier nullam opem videret, tum Tarquinius fateri amorem, orare, etc.,

    Liv. 1, 58, 3; 5, 11, 4. —
    (β).
    Tum = deinde, usu. after a pluperf.:

    id cum Sulla fecisset, tum ante oppidum Nolam Samnitium castra cepit,

    Cic. Div. 1, 33, 72; id. Brut. 92, 319; id. Ac. 2, 3, 9; 2, 3, 15; id. Fin. 1, 8, 26; id. Tusc. 4, 20, 45; id. Div. 1, 25, 53; 2, 2, 7; id. Rep. 2, 25, 47; Liv. 21, 11, 8; cf. id. 1, 26, 7; 23, 22, 4.—Inserted in the apodosis:

    cum jam humanae opes egestae a Veis essent, amoliri tum deum dona,

    Liv. 5, 22, 3.—
    2.
    Referring to definite present time:

    quem esse negas, eundem esse dicis. Cum enim miserum esse dicis, tum eum qui non sit, dicis esse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 12.—
    3.
    Referring to indefinite time.
    a.
    As antecedent of the clause, = at the time when, at a time when, whenever: hominum inmortalis est infamia;

    etiam tum vivit quom esse credas mortuam,

    Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 28; id. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7; Cato, R. R. 31:

    nec sibi enim quisquam tum se vitamque requirit Cum pariter mens et corpus sopita quiescunt,

    Lucr. 3, 919; 4, 444; 4, 455;

    4, 1166: omnis praedictio mali tum probatur cum ad praedictionem cautio adjungitur,

    Cic. Div. 2, 25, 54; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104; id. N. D. 2, 3, 9: tum cum sine pondere suci Mobilibus ventis arida facta volant, Ov. H. 5, 109; Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 44; 2, 27, 88; id. Fin. 4, 8, 20; id. Tusc. 3, 9, 20; 5, 26, 73; id. N. D. 1, 4, 9; id. Off. 1, 27, 93.—Tum maxime... cum plurimum = eo magis quo magis:

    eam (partem animi) tum maxime vigere cum plurimum absit a corpore,

    Cic. Div. 1, 32, 70; so, cum maxime... tum maxime; v. b. a foll.—
    b.
    Tum introducing the apodosis.
    (α).
    As coincident:

    quom amamus, tum perimus,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 94:

    ulmus, cum folia cadunt, tum iterum tempestiva est,

    Cato, R. R. 17; so id. ib. 155 (156):

    cum ea quae quasi involuta fuerunt, aperti sunt, tum inventa dicuntur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 26; id. Fin. 5, 10, 29; 1, 17, 57; id. N. D. 2, 52, 129; 1, 19, 49; id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 15.—Cum maxime... tum maxime = quo magis eo magis:

    nam quom pugnabant maxume, ego tum fugiebam maxume,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 45:

    quamobrem omnes, cum secundae res sunt maxume, tum maxume Meditari secum oportet, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 14, 30 poet. —
    (β).
    As subsequent:

    ad legionem quom itum, adminiculum eis danunt tum jam aliquem cognatum suum,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 47:

    eo cum accessit ratio argumentique conclusio... tum et perceptio eorum omnium apparet,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 30; 2, 41, 128; id. Fin. 5, 9, 24; 1, 20, 69; 5, 15, 41; id. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; 1, 24, 58; 3, 2, 3; id. N. D. 2, 48, 123; id. Div. 2, 19, 44.—
    4.
    Referring to future time.
    (α).
    Tum as antecedent of cum:

    quom mi haec dicentur dicta, tum tu, furcifer, quasi mus in medio pariete vorsabere,

    Plaut. Cas. 1, 51; id. Bacch. 3, 4, 20:

    non committam ut tum haec res judicetur cum haec frequentia Roma discesserit,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 54; id. Agr. 2, 17, 44; 2, 25, 67; id. Fin. 4, 22, 62; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Liv. 23, 13, 4; 41, 10, 7; Ov. M. 2, 651; id. H. 15, 293; Nep. Them. 6, 5.—
    (β).
    Tum introducing the apodosis:

    quom videbis, tum scies,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; 4, 6, 30:

    de quo cum perpauca dixero, tum ad jus civile veniam,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 12, 34; id. Clu. 2, 6; 4, 9; Liv. 3, 56, 10.—
    B.
    With temporal clause, introduced by ubi.
    1.
    Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):

    vitem novellam resecare tum erit tempus ubi valebit,

    Cato, R. R. 33:

    tum tu igitur demum id adulescenti aurum dabis, ubi erit locata virgo in matrimonium?

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 52.—
    2.
    Tum introducing the apodosis.
    (α).
    Referring to definite past time (tum always = deinde):

    ubi eorum dolorem majorem quam ceterorum cognovi, tum meum animum in illos, tum mei consilii causam proposui, tum eos hortatus sum, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140; Sall. J. 94, 3:

    ubi illuxit, et Romanis Punica et Gallica arma cognita, tum dubitationem exemere,

    Liv. 25, 10, 5; 1, 9, 10; 4, 57, 3; 9, 43, 16; 21, 25, 12; 23, 11, 4.—
    (β).
    Referring to indefinite time:

    post ubi tempust promissa jam perfici, Tum coacti necessario se aperiunt,

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 8: Cato, R. R. 3 init.; 17:

    ubi jam morbi se flexit causa... Tum quasi vaccillans primum consurgit,

    Lucr. 3, 503; 6, 129; 6, 526.—
    (γ).
    Referring to future time:

    otium ubi erit, tum tibi operam ludo et deliciae dabo,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 4, 13; id. Stich. 4, 2, 14:

    ubi tu voles, Ubi tempus erit, sat habet si tum recipitur,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 32; Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 18; id. Bacch. 4, 3, 72; id. Pers. 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 3, 2, 27:

    ut ubi id interrogando argumentis firmavero, tum testes ad crimen accommodem,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 55:

    ubi haerere jam aciem videris, tum terrorem equestrem infer,

    Liv. 6, 12, 10; 22, 55, 8.—
    C.
    With a temporal clause introduced by postquam.
    1.
    Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):

    Flaminius qui ne quieto quidem hoste ipse quieturus erat, tum vero postquam res sociorum ante oculos prope suos ferri vidit, suum id dedecus ratus, etc.,

    Liv. 22, 3, 7; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1 (v. infra, III. A. 2. a. b).—
    2.
    Tum introducing the apodosis (always = deinde).
    (α).
    Referring to definite past time:

    posteaquam e portu piratae exierunt, tum coeperunt quaerere homines, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 38, § 100; Sall. J. 106, 6; 84, 1; id. Cat. 51, 40 (al. tunc):

    postquam satis virium collectum videbat, tum ex suis unum sciscitatum Romam ad patrem misit,

    Liv. 1, 54, 5; 3, 66, 5; 6, 13, 4; 22, 48, 4; 25, 10, 6; Gell. 5, 3, 6.—
    (β).
    Referring to indefinite time: postquam vero commoditas quaedam... dicendi copiam consecuta est, tum ingenio freta malitia pervertere urbes adsuevit, Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 3.—
    D.
    With a temporal clause introduced by ut.
    1.
    Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):

    tum vero ingentem gemitum dat Ut spolia, ut currus, utque ipsum corpus amici... conspexit,

    Verg. A. 1, 485; cf. id. ib. 12, 218.—
    2.
    Tum introducing the apodosis.
    (α).
    Of definite past time:

    nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi, puto, prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46:

    sed ut intellectum est quantam vim haberet accurata... oratio, tum etiam magistri dicendi multi subito exstiterunt,

    Cic. Brut. 8, 30; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; Liv. 24, 44, 10; id. 21, 54, 9; 23, 34, 6.—
    (β).
    Referring to future time:

    neque ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 34, 146:

    traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum, si eam Romanus rite emisisset, victoriam de Vejentibus dari (= si quando),

    Liv. 5, 15, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.—
    E.
    With a temporal clause introduced by quando.
    1.
    Tum as antecedent of the clause.
    (α).
    Of definite past time:

    auctoritatem senatus exstare sentio, tum, quando Alexandro mortuo, legatos Tyrum misimus,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 16, 41.—
    (β).
    Of future time:

    at scire tum memento quando id quod voles habebis,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 41; id. Mil. 3, 1, 213; id. Most. 3, 1, 136; id. Men. 5, 7, 57:

    utinam tum essem natus quando Romani dona accipere coepissent,

    Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75.—
    2.
    Tum introducing the apodosis.
    (α).
    Of indefinite time (quando = whenever):

    quando esurio tum crepant (intestina),

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 27; id. Truc. 1, 1, 15; id. Ps. 4, 7, 85:

    quando mulier dotem marito dabat, tum quae ex suis bonis retinebat reciperare dicebatur,

    Gell. 17, 6, 6; 7 (6), 14, 4.—
    (β).
    Of future time:

    at tu, quando habebis, tum dato,

    Plaut. Men. 3, 3, 23:

    quando ab eadem parte sol eodemque tempore iterum defecerit, tum signis omnibus ad principium revocatis, expletum annum habeto,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:

    quando mihi usus venerit, tum quaeram ex te atque discam,

    Gell. 6 (7), 17, 4.—
    F.
    In the apodosis after simul ac:

    an simul ac nubes successere, ipse in eas tum Descendit (Juppiter), prope ut hinc teli determinet ictus?

    Lucr. 6, 402.—
    G.
    With a temporal clause introduced by dum.
    1.
    Tum as antecedent:

    sanctius visum est nomen Augusti, ut scilicet jam tum dum colit terras, ipso numine ac titulo consecretur,

    Flor. 2, 33, 66 (4, 12, 66).—
    2.
    Tum introducing the apodosis:

    dum habeat, tum amet,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 1, 23:

    dum se glomerant... tum pondere turris Procubuit,

    Verg. A. 9, 540.—
    H.
    As antecedent of quamdiu:

    qui cum tibi amicus non modo tum fuerit quamdiu tecum in provincia fuerit, verum etiam nunc sit cum, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 24, § 58.—
    K.
    Denoting a logical consequence after quando and cum:

    quando ergo erga te benignus fui... tum te mihi benigne itidem addecet... referre gratiam,

    Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 35:

    cum magnus numerus deesset, tum iste homo nefarius in eorum locum... substituere coepit cives Romanos,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 28, § 72.—
    L.
    After relative clauses denoting time: qua tempestate Paris Helenam innuptis junxit nuptiis, Ego tum gravida expletis jam fere ad pariendum mensibus, Poet. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 58, 219 (Trag. Rel. p. 246 Rib.).—
    M.
    With conditional clauses.
    1.
    With a conditional clause introduced by si, sin, ni (not nisi).
    (α).
    Tum as antecedent of clause:

    tum pol ego interii, homo si ille abiit,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 6; id. Men. 2, 2, 71; Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 40:

    si tenuis causa est, tum etiam argumentandi tenue filum,

    Cic. Or. 36, 124; id. Rep. 1, 40, 62; 2, 9, 15; id. Fin. 1, 19, 63; id. N. D. 1, 6, 13; id. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:

    tum vero ego nequiquam Capitolium servaverim si civem in servitutem duci videam,

    Liv. 6, 14, 4; 3, 9, 11; 6, 14, 4; 7, 34, 14; Cato ap. Plin. 29, 1, 7, § 14; Gell. 2, 12, 1 sq.; 4, 13, 1; 14, 2, 21.—
    (β).
    Tum introducing the apodosis:

    si triduum hoc hic erimus, tum arbores in te cadent,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 30; id. Rud. 5, 2, 59; 3, 4, 49; id. As. 1, 3, 89; id. Rud. 1, 3, 13; id. Ps. 4, 1, 1; 4, 1, 48 (39); Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 64; 3, 1, 17; id. Phorm. 1, 3, 19; Cato, R. R. 26; cf. id. ib. 27:

    quod si, ut spero, cepero, tum vero litteras publice mittam,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 3; id. Div. 1, 44, 100; cf. id. Ac. 2, 10, 32; id. Fin. 2, 4, 79; id. N. D. 3, 36, 87; id. Rep. 1, 43, 66: id. [p. 1911] Rosc. Am. 49, 142:

    si dimicandum erit, tum tu in novissimos te recipito,

    Liv. 7, 40, 13; 8, 10, 12; Hor. S. 1, 2, 97; Ov. M. 7, 32.—

    Esp., denoting the consequences of perjury in ancient formulas of oaths: si ego injuste illos homines dedier mihi exposco, tum patriae compotem me numquam siris esse,

    Liv. 1, 32, 7; 1, 24, 8; 22, 53, 11; hence, quid si falles? Me. Tum Mercurius Sosiae iratus siet, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 239; 3, 2, 52; id. Aul. 4, 10, 50; cf. also Liv. 3, 64, 10.—
    2.
    With a condition contrary to fact.
    (α).
    Tum, antecedent of clause:

    tum esset ostentum, si anguem vectis circumplicavisset,

    Cic. Div. 2, 28, 62; id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:

    tum id audirem si tibi soli viveres,

    id. Marcell. 8, 25; id. Fin. 4, 13, 33; id. Div. 2, 35, 73.—
    (β).
    Tum introducing the apodosis:

    si quidem me amaret, tum istuc prodesset,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 56:

    quodsi omnia nobis quae ad victum pertinent. suppeditarentur, tum optimo quisque ingenio, totum se in cognitione et scientia collocaret,

    Cic. Off. 1, 44, 158. —
    N.
    After an abl. absol.
    1.
    With perfect participles (= postquam or cum... tum), mostly with denique, vero, demum.
    (α).
    Referring to definite past time:

    ut morte ejus nuntiata tum denique bellum confectum arbitraretur,

    Cic. Mur. 16, 34:

    sed confecto proelio tum vero cerneres quanta vis animi fuisset in exercitu Catilinae,

    Sall. C. 61, 1:

    ita rebus divinis peractis tum de bello deque republica dictator rettulit,

    Liv. 22, 11, 1; 2, 29, 1; 2, 29, 3; 3, 56, 1; 5, 50, 8; Plin. 11, 20, 22, § 68.—
    (β).
    Referring to indefinite time:

    hisce omnibus rebus consideratis, tum denique id quod primum est dicendum, postremum soleo cogitare, quo utar exordio,

    Cic. Or. 2, 77, 315.—
    (γ).
    Referring to future time (the abl. absol. = a fut. perf.):

    ita prope XL. diebus interpositis tum denique se responsuros esse arbitrantur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 31; 1, 18, 54; id. Fin. 4, 13, 32; id. Scaur. Fragm. 10, 22.—
    2.
    With pres. participles (post-class.):

    tacentibus cunctis, tum ipse (dixit), etc.,

    Just. 12, 15, 6.
    III.
    Particular connections.
    A.
    With other particles of time.
    1.
    Jam tum, already at that time, i. e. earlier than might be anticipated:

    jam tum erat suspitio Dolo malo haec fieri,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8; cf. id. ib. 4, 4, 58; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 34:

    quippe etenim jam tum divom mortalia saecla Egregias animo facies vigilante videbant,

    Lucr. 5, 1169; 5, 1037:

    ut mihi jam tum divinasse ille (Romulus) videatur hanc urbem sedem aliquando summo esse imperio praebituram,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 5, 10; 2, 7, 12; id. Div. 2, 57, 118; id. Tusc. 4, 2, 4:

    jam tum in Palatio monte Lupercal hoc fuisse ludicrum ferunt,

    Liv. 1, 5, 1; 1, 7, 16; 1, 41, 7; 10, 21, 14;

    24, 49, 1: ut jam tum qualis futurus esset ostenderet,

    Suet. Dom. 1; Curt. 4, 6, 29.—
    2.
    Tum demum and tum denique, then only, then at length, then at last, not till then, i. e. later than might be expected, implying delayed action.
    a.
    Tum demum.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    adversisque in rebus noscere qui sit. Nam verae voces tum demum pectore ab imo Eiciuntur,

    Lucr. 3, 58:

    tum demum Liscus, oratione Caesaris adductus, quod antea tacuerat proponit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 5, 33; Sall. J. 46, 1:

    nec ante in campum degressi sunt quam, etc. Tum demum castra Etruscorum pro moenibus Fidenarum posita,

    Liv. 4, 17, 12; 45, 12, 6; 2, 20, 11; 5, 39, 2; 23, 19, 15 et saep.; Val. Max. 1, 6, 10; 1, 7, 4; Curt. 3, 12, 12; Tac. A. 3, 18; 3, 47.—
    (β).
    In partic., referring to clauses introduced by cum, ubi, si, or abl. absol. (v. II. A. B. L. M.), denoting absolute restriction to the terms of the clause:

    imo etiam ubi expolivero, magis hoc tum demum dices,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 60:

    tum demum mihi procax Academia videbitur si aut consenserint omnes, aut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 6, 13:

    cum is Casilini eo die mansurum dixisset, tum demum cognitus est error,

    Liv. 22, 13, 8; Vell. 2, 115, 4; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1 fin.; 7, 2, 4; Curt. 3, 11, 6; Plin. Ep. 8, 20, 7.—
    (γ).
    Sometimes = nunc demum (anteclass.): victus es, Chaline. St. Tum nos demum vivere. Olympio. Gaudeo, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 65.—
    b.
    Tum denique.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    tum denique tauros in gregem redigo,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 5:

    injecta glaeba tumulus is (locus) ubi humatus est vocatur, ac tum denique multa religiosa jura complectitur,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 22, 57; id. Fin. 3, 22, 76; id. Tusc. 3, 26, 61: nequiquam temptati ut tum denique desisterent impediendo bello, Liv. 4, 55, 5; Ov. M. 4, 519; 7, 857; 10, 664.—
    (β).
    Referring to clauses with cum, etc. (v. II. A. B. L. M.):

    tum denique homines nostra intellegimus bona quom quae in potestate habuimus ea amisimus,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 33:

    quo cum venerimus, tum denique vivemus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75; 3, 31, 75; id. Leg. 2, 4, 10; id. Rep. 1, 6, 11; so,

    tum denique si,

    id. Fam. 14, 2, 3; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 10, § 29; id. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 1:

    indicandum primum fuisse, dein petendum praesidium, postremo ni impetraretur, tum denique querendum,

    Liv. 23, 43, 2; Cato ap. Plin. 17, 18, 29, § 126 (for tum vero denique after ut, Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9, v. II. D. 2. a).—
    3.
    Tum primum (rarely primo), then for the first time:

    tum genus humanum primum mollescere coepit,

    Lucr. 5, 1014:

    ludorum gratia quos tum primum anniversarios in circo facere constituisset,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 7, 12; id. Sen. 21, 78; Caes. B. G. 7, 11:

    ponte sublicio tum primum in Tiberi facto,

    Liv. 1, 33, 6; 2, 41, 3; 39, 22, 2; 2, 20, 6; 39, 49, 4; Vell. 2, 37, 5; Tac. A. 2, 27; id. H. 4, 57; Curt. 3, 12, 26. —
    4.
    With deinde, hic, postea, with consecutive force emphatic.
    a.
    Deinde tum (very rare):

    primum ea quae sumus acturi cogitare debemus, deinde tum dicere ac facere,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 6, 62.—
    b.
    Tum deinde.
    (α).
    = tum demum or tum denique, then at length, not till then, then only:

    nonne optime patronus occurrat prius conviciis luxuriae, etc., tum deinde narret de bonis Pallae? etc.,

    Quint. 4, 2, 27; 12, 10, 11:

    emam, aedificabo, credam, exigam, honores geram: tum deinde lassam senectutem in otium referam,

    Sen. Ep. 101, 4; Plin. 16, 44, 95, § 251.—So corresp. with cum:

    quas cum solus pertulisset, tum deinde comitia collegae subrogando habuit,

    Liv. 2, 8, 3 (Weissenb. demum, by conj.); Col. R. R. 1, 6, 13. —
    (β).
    = an emphatic deinde: nam praetermisit quod in prima parte sumere debuit;

    tum deinde eodem ipso quod omiserat quasi proposito ad confirmandum aliud utitur,

    Gell. 2, 8, 3; 13, 24 (23), 1; Just. 2, 1, 19.—
    c.
    With hic:

    hic tum repente Pacilius quidam accedit, ait, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38, § 94:

    hic ego tum ad respondendum surrexi,

    id. Clu. 18, 51; 27, 73:

    hic tum injectus est hominibus scrupulus,

    id. ib. 28, 76; id. Sest. 11, 25.—
    d.
    Tum postea:

    tum postea complorantibus nostris, dies quidem tandem inluxit,

    Gell. 19, 1, 3; so id. 14, 3, 10 (for quid tum postea, v. D. 1.).—
    5.
    With interim:

    unum, alterum, tertium annum Sassia quiescebat... Tum interim, Q. Hortensio, Q. Metello coss.... despondet ei filiam suam,

    Cic. Clu. 64, 179.—
    B.
    With particles of emphasis.
    1.
    Tum vero (sometimes tum enimvero or enimvero tum), then indeed, at that crisis, then if not before, etc., or merely = emphatic then, denoting either coincidence or sequence of action.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    discedit a Melino Cluentia. Tum vero illa egregia mater palam exsultare... coepit,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 14; 22, 61; id. Agr. 1, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 41, § 107:

    semper equidem magno cum metu incipio dicere... tum vero ita sum perturbatus ut, etc.,

    id. Clu. 18, 51:

    tum vero dubitandum non existimavit quin ad eos proficisceretur,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8; 5, 37; id. B. C. 1, 82; 2, 42:

    Aruns Tarquinius et Tullia minor... junguntur nuptiis. Tum vero in dies infestior Tulli senectus... coepit esse,

    Liv. 1, 47, 1; 2, 22, 6; 4, 49, 13; 10, 19, 12; 21, 45, 9; 21, 58, 5; Ov. M. 2, 227; 7, 685; Curt. 4, 13, 1; 3, 11, 5; Tac. Agr. 37.—And in enumerations:

    deinde... post autem... tum vero ipsam veterem Karthaginem vendunt,

    Cic. Agr. 1, 2, 5.—
    (β).
    As correlative of temporal or conditional clauses, and after abl. absol.:

    quod ubi Romam est nuntiatum, senatui metum injecit ne tum vero sustineri nec in urbe seditio, nec in castris posset,

    Liv. 5, 7, 4; Sall. J. 94, 3:

    tum vero... si,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 19, 63; Liv. 6, 14, 4 (v. II. M. 1. a, b).—With cum, Liv. 32, 12, 1:

    quae postquam frustra temptata rogumque parari... vidit, Tum vero gemitus... Edidit,

    Ov. M. 2, 621; Sall. J. 106, 6; 84, 1; id. Cat. 51, 40; v. C. 1. b. (so, tum vero denique after ut, Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; v. II. D. 2. and M. 1.).—
    2.
    Tum quidem, at that time, thereupon, then at least (usu. opposed to a later time): dixit sibi in somnis visum esse, etc. Et tum quidem incolumis exercitum liberavit; post triennium autem devovit se, etc., Cic. Div. 1, 24, 51; so,

    actum quidem,

    id. Fl. 25, 59; id. Lael. 11, 39:

    et tum quidem ab Dio Perseus in interiora regni recepit se... post dies paucos, etc.,

    Liv. 42, 39, 1; 1, 57, 10; 3, 2, 10;

    7, 17, 3.—Often in resuming the narrative after a digression: ac tum quidem regem... filium appellat,

    Curt. 4, 7, 25.—Merely emphatic:

    Duillio Cornelioque coss. etiam mari congredi ausus est. Tum quidem ipsa velocitas classis comparatae victoriae auspicium fuit,

    Flor. 1, 18 (2, 2), 7; so id. 1, 22 (2, 6), 20; 1, 40 (3, 5), 12.—With cum, Tac. Dial. 11.—
    3.
    Ne tum quidem, not even then:

    num quis horum miser hodie? Ne tum quidem, post spiritum extremum,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 37, 89; id. Div. 1, 26, 55; id. Verr. 2, 2, 40, § 98:

    ubi ne tum quidem eos prodire intellexit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 50; 7, 53; Tac. H. 5, 21; Curt. 3, 2, 18.—With cum:

    ille vere ne tum quidem miser cum ab Oroete in crucem actus est,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 30, 92; so id. Tusc. 5, 20, 57; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; Liv. praef. 12; 39, 39, 11.—
    4.
    Tum maxime (sometimes tum cummaxime).
    (α).
    Especially at that time, chiefly then: illi sumposia, nos convivia quod tum maxime simul vivitur, Cic. Fam. 9, 24, 35; id. Leg. 2, 11, 26.—With cum:

    quae quidem vis tum maxime cognita est cum... M. Cato, legem suadens, in Galbam multa dixit,

    Cic. Brut. 23, 89; id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Par. 4, 1, 29.—
    (β).
    Just then, just at that moment (not ante-Aug.):

    regi, tum maxime captivos ex Illyrico vendenti,

    Liv. 43, 20, 3; 1, 10, 1:

    per totam aciem vulgatum est, castra amissa esse, et tum cummaxime ardere,

    id. 40, 32, 1; so,

    tum cummaxime,

    id. 43, 7, 8:

    corpus enim suum a caupone trucidatum tum maxime plaustro ad portam ferri,

    Val. Max. 1, 7, ext. 10; 2, 10, 2; 3, 2, 2 fin.; Curt. 3, 4, 14; 6, 6, 10; Plin. 2, 63, 63, § 154; Quint. 2, 15, 30; 2, 61, 31; Suet. Caes. 65; id. Calig. 53.—So with cum:

    et quod tum maxime Abydum oppugnaret cum rex ab Attalo et Rhodiis ultro se bello lacessitum diceret,

    Liv. 31, 18, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 15, 2.—
    (γ).
    Strengthening the co-ordinate tum after cum, so especially; v. I. C. 3. e. b (for cum maxime... tum maxime and tum maxime... cum plurimum, v. II. A. 3. a. b.).—
    5.
    Tum potissimum = tum maxime, just then (rare):

    C. Caesar... tum potissimum acie commissa impeditos religione hostes vicit,

    Front. Strat. 2, 1, 16.—
    6.
    Etiam tum.
    (α).
    Even then:

    etiam tum vivit cum esse credas mortuam,

    Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 28:

    totum se Servilio etiam tum tradidit,

    even then, at so late a time, Cic. Sest. 62, 130:

    etiam tum cum verisimile erit,

    id. Rosc. Am. 20, 57.— So with cum, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 59, § 154; id. Dom. 13, 23; id. Sest. 38, 81.—
    (β).
    Still, as yet (also as one word; cf. etiamtum, and v. the foll. additional passages), Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 19, § 41; id. Fin. 3, 14, 48; id. Rep. 2, 12, 24; id. Arch. 3, 5; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; id. Brut. 20, 80; id. Off. 2, 14, 47; Caes. B. C. 3, 93; Liv. 5, 40, 10; Val. Max. 9, 6, 3; Tac. A. 3, 72; Suet. Claud. 27 fin.; id. Dom. 22.—

    And with a negation, = nondum: ipsa ego non longos etiam tum scissa capillos,

    not yet long, Ov. H. 8, 79.—
    7.
    Tum etiam.
    (α).
    Followed by si or cum, even if, even when:

    atque equidem filium Tum etiam si nolit, cogam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 65:

    qui tum etiam cum... circumfusi erant caligine,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 45.—
    (β).
    Then also, then too, besides:

    tum etiam illud cogitatote, sic vivere Cornelium ut, etc.,

    Cic. Balb. 28, 65; id. N. D. 1, 16, 43; so id. Leg. 1, 13, 35; id. Fin. 2, 16, 53; Col. 12 praef.—
    8.
    Tum quoque.
    (α).
    Also then, then likewise, then as before, then as on another occasion mentioned before: ceu lapidem si Percutiat lapis aut ferrum;

    nam tum quoque lumen Exsilit,

    Lucr. 6, 162:

    tum quoque homini plus tribui quam nescio cui necessitati,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 11, 28:

    tum quoque multis milibus Latinorum in civitatem acceptis,

    Liv. 1, 33, 5; 2, 52, 2; 21, 22, 4; Caes. B. C. 3, 37; Ov. M. 14, 369.—
    (β).
    Even then, = etiam tum (rare):

    et tamen tum quoque se absentes triumphare credunt,

    Liv. 45, 38, 13; 39, 41, 3; 39, 47, 11; Ov. H. 17 (18), 190.—
    (γ).
    In orat. obliq. (v. I. A. 2.), even now:

    quod si Romani tum quoque aequa aspernarentur,

    Liv. 42, 62, 7. —
    (δ).
    = sic quoque, even under the circumstances, even as it was, etc. (v. sic, V. 3.): ut si effugium patuisset in publicum, impleturae urbem tumultu fuerint. Tum quoque [p. 1912] aliquotiens integro corpore evaserunt, Liv. 24, 26, 13; 40, 16, 6; 43, 4, 1;

    9, 13, 9: tum quoque, amputata dextra, navem sinistra comprehendit,

    Just. 2, 9, 18.—
    9.
    Tum ipsum = eo ipso tempore, at the very time, just then, even then (only in Cic. in four passages; cf.:

    nunc ipsum): tota igitur ratio talium largitionum vitiosa est, temporibus necessaria, et tum ipsum... moderanda est,

    Cic. Off. 2, 17, 60:

    quem quidem cum sua voluntate ex patria Karthaginem revertisset, tum ipsum cum vigiliis et fame cruciaretur, clamat virtus beatiorem fuisse quam Thorium,

    id. Fin. 2, 20, 65 Madv. ad loc.:

    tum ipsum cum immolare velis extorum fieri mutatio potest,

    id. Div. 1, 52, 118:

    ita (oratores), non injuria, quotienscunque dicerent, id quod aliquando posset accidere, ne tum ipsum accideret, timere,

    id. Or. 1, 27, 123.—
    C.
    Tum with co-ordinating particles.
    1.
    Tum autem.
    (α).
    = praeterea, and then, besides (v. I. C. 1.): turpilucricupidum te vocant cives tui;

    tum autem sunt alii qui te volturium vocant,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 64:

    oves scabrae sunt... Tum autem Surorum nemo exstat qui ibi sex menses vixerit,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 141; id. Mil. 4, 2, 13; id. Pers. 4, 2, 3; id. Poen. 5, 5, 34; 5, 7, 22; Ter. And. 1, 5, 34; id. Eun. 5, 9, 7; id. Hec. 2, 1, 14; 3, 2, 10:

    tum autem qui non ipso honesto movemur... callidi sumus, non boni,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 14, 41; id. Or. 1, 58, 247; 2, 19, 80.—
    (β).
    = tum... tum:

    visne igitur inter hos populos inambulantes, tum autem residentes quaeramus eisdem de rebus?

    Cic. Leg. 1, 5, 15.—
    (γ).
    = eo tempore, with autem as connective:

    tum illic autem Lemnius... uxorem duxit, etc.,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 3, 25:

    tum autem ex omnibus montibus nives proluit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 48.—
    (δ).
    But in this instance:

    uxori emunda ancilla'st: tum autem pluscula Supellectile opus est,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 60; 5, 7, 25 sq.—
    2.
    For tum etiam, v. B. 7. b.—
    3.
    Tum praeterea:

    nam tui similis est probe. Tum praeterea talem, nisi tu, nulla pareret filium,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 3, 20; so id. Ad. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 3, 2, 33; Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56 (v. I. C. 3. e. l).—
    4.
    Tum porro:

    tum porro venti magnam quoque tollere partem Umoris possunt,

    Lucr. 6, 623; 4, 829 (827).—
    D.
    Quid tum?
    1.
    In dialogue, what then? what next? what further? novi ego hos pugnos meos. Ca. Quid tum? Th. Quid tum? Rogitas? Hisce ego, si tu me inritaveris, placidum te hodie reddam, Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 49; so id. As. 2, 2, 83; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 47; 3, 5, 66; id. Phorm. 3, 3, 8.—And strengthened:

    quid tum postea?

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; id. As. 2, 2, 68; 2, 2, 79; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 78; 4, 2, 9; 4, 7, 23; id. Ad. 4, 5, 15; id. Hec. 4, 1, 36: videsne abundare me otio? A. Quid tum? Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 26.—
    2.
    In imitation of a dialogue:

    at mulctantur bonis exsules. Quid tum? Parumne multa de toleranda paupertate dicuntur?

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 37, 107; so id. Quint. 22, 72; 27, 84; id. Verr. 2, 4, 59, § 132; id. Dom. 47, 123; id. Dejot. 7, 22; id. Phil. 1, 10, 26; Hor. S. 2, 3, 230.—
    3.
    As emphatic co-ordinative in quoting the different items of a document, law, etc.: quive in senatu sententiam dixit, dixerit. Quid tum? Qui eorum coiit, coierit, etc., what next? i. e. and then, listen! Cic. Clu. 54, 148; so id. Agr. 1, 5, 16; 3, 3, 11; id. Mur. 12, 26; id. Fl. 23, 55.—
    E.
    Tum temporis = eo tempore (post class. and rare; cf.:

    tunc temporis): postera die civitas principem suum, ac tum temporis consulem in foro expectabat,

    Just. 31, 2, 6.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tum

  • 24 ab

    ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:

    AF VOBEIS,

    Inscr. Orell. 3114;

    AF MVRO,

    ib. 6601;

    AF CAPVA,

    ib. 3308;

    AF SOLO,

    ib. 589;

    AF LYCO,

    ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):

    abs chorago,

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):

    abs quivis,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:

    abs terra,

    Cato, R. R. 51;

    and in compounds: aps-cessero,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;

    and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,

    id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
    I.
    In space, and,
    II.
    Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
    I.
    Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):

    Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    fuga ab urbe turpissima,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21:

    ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,

    Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:

    illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,

    all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:

    venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
    b.
    Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:

    oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:

    quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:

    ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:

    protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,

    id. ib. 1, 25, 2:

    profecti a domo,

    Liv. 40, 33, 2;

    of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:

    classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,

    Liv. 8, 22, 6;

    of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,

    Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:

    legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,

    id. 24, 40, 2.
    c.
    Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):

    Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:

    libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,

    Cic. Fl. 20, 47:

    Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,

    id. Att. 7, 24:

    cum a vobis discessero,

    id. Sen. 22:

    multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:

    so a fratre,

    id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:

    a Pontio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:

    ab ea,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
    B.
    Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
    1.
    Of separation:

    ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:

    abesse a domo paulisper maluit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:

    tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,

    Sall. C. 40, 5:

    absint lacerti ab stabulis,

    Verg. G. 4, 14.—
    2.
    Of distance:

    quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:

    nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,

    id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:

    hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:

    terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:

    non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):

    cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,

    Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:

    qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:

    quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:

    procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:

    tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,

    Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;

    v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:

    tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,

    id. Pis. 11, 26; and:

    tam prope ab domo detineri,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:

    onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,

    eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:

    duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,

    id. 37, 38, 5). —
    3.
    To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:

    picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,

    Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:

    pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,

    on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:

    non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,

    at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:

    erat a septentrionibus collis,

    on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    In time.
    1.
    From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:

    Exul ab octava Marius bibit,

    Juv. 1,40:

    mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,

    immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:

    Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    ab hac contione legati missi sunt,

    immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:

    ab eo magistratu,

    after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:

    a summa spe novissima exspectabat,

    after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:

    ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,

    Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:

    confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,

    Liv. 30, 36, 1:

    statim a funere,

    Suet. Caes. 85;

    and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,

    id. ib. 60:

    protinus ab adoptione,

    Vell. 2, 104, 3:

    Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,

    soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—

    Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,

    i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:

    secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,

    i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
    2.
    With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:

    ab hora tertia bibebatur,

    from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:

    infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,

    since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:

    vixit ab omni aeternitate,

    from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:

    cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,

    Nep. Att. 5, 3:

    in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,

    after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:

    centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,

    since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:

    cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,

    id. Sen. 6, 19; and:

    ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,

    since, Sall. C. 47, 2:

    diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:

    quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,

    since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:

    jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,

    from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:

    cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:

    a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,

    Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:

    pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,

    from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
    b.
    Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:

    qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,

    from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:

    mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,

    a pueritia,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:

    jam inde ab adulescentia,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:

    ab adulescentia,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1:

    jam a prima adulescentia,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ab ineunte adulescentia,

    id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.

    followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:

    a primis temporibus aetatis,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    a teneris unguiculis,

    from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:

    usque a toga pura,

    id. Att. 7, 8, 5:

    jam inde ab incunabulis,

    Liv. 4, 36, 5:

    a prima lanugine,

    Suet. Oth. 12:

    viridi ab aevo,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;

    rarely of animals: ab infantia,

    Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:

    qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,

    a pausillo puero,

    id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:

    a puero,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:

    a pueris,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:

    ab adulescente,

    id. Quint. 3, 12:

    ab infante,

    Col. 1, 8, 2:

    a parva virgine,

    Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:

    a parvis,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:

    a parvulo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:

    ab parvulis,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:

    ab tenero,

    Col. 5, 6, 20;

    and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
    B.
    In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
    1.
    In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:

    qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:

    hic ab artificio suo non recessit,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:

    quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:

    condicionem quam ab te peto,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:

    mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:

    si quid ab illo acceperis,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:

    quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:

    ab defensione desistere,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:

    ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,

    id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:

    ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):

    qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,

    the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:

    tu nunc eris alter ab illo,

    next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:

    Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,

    next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:

    quid hoc ab illo differt,

    from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:

    hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,

    id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:

    discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,

    id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):

    quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7:

    alieno a te animo fuit,

    id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):

    subdole ab re consulit,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:

    haut est ab re aucupis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:

    non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,

    Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:

    a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,

    Cic. Lael. 1, 1:

    ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    disputata ab eo,

    id. ib. 1, 4 al.:

    illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,

    id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:

    ita generati a natura sumus,

    id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:

    pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,

    Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:

    niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:

    quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,

    is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:

    salvebis a meo Cicerone,

    i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:

    a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,

    i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:

    ne vir ab hoste cadat,

    Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):

    levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:

    a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 19:

    si calor est a sole,

    id. N. D. 2, 52:

    ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),

    id. Att. 16, 7, 5:

    metu poenae a Romanis,

    Liv. 32, 23, 9:

    bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,

    id. 3, 22, 2:

    ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,

    id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:

    lassus ab equo indomito,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:

    Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,

    Prop. 5, 1, 126:

    tempus a nostris triste malis,

    time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:

    vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?

    by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,

    ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),

    Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:

    si postulatur a populo,

    if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:

    deseror conjuge,

    Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;

    and in prose,

    Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:

    ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:

    (urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
    b.
    With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:

    pastores a Pergamide,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:

    Turnus ab Aricia,

    Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):

    obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,

    Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
    c.
    In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:

    (sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,

    id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
    d.
    With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:

    da, puere, ab summo,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,

    da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:

    coepere a fame mala,

    Liv. 4, 12, 7:

    cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,

    tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:

    a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
    e.
    With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:

    a foliis et stercore purgato,

    Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:

    tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?

    Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:

    Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,

    Liv. 21, 11, 5:

    expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:

    haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):

    ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,

    Sall. C. 32:

    ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,

    Liv. 21, 35, 12:

    ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,

    Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
    f.
    With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:

    el metul a Chryside,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:

    ab Hannibale metuens,

    Liv. 23, 36; and:

    metus a praetore,

    id. 23, 15, 7;

    v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,

    Cic. Sull. 20, 59:

    postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,

    you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
    g.
    With verbs of fastening and holding:

    funiculus a puppi religatus,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:

    cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,

    Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
    h.
    Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:

    a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,

    Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
    i.
    Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):

    id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
    j.
    Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:

    doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:

    a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,

    id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:

    a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,

    a frigore laborantibus,

    Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:

    laborare ab re frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
    k.
    Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:

    ab ingenio improbus,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:

    a me pudica'st,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:

    orba ab optimatibus contio,

    Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):

    locus copiosus a frumento,

    Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:

    sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,

    id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:

    ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,

    id. Brut. 16, 63:

    ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,

    Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;

    so often in poets ab arte=arte,

    artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
    l.
    In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:

    linguam ab irrisu exserentem,

    thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:

    ab honore,

    id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
    m.
    Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:

    ab illo injuria,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:

    fulgor ab auro,

    Lucr. 2, 5:

    dulces a fontibus undae,

    Verg. G. 2, 243.
    n.
    In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:

    scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    nonnuill ab novissimis,

    id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
    o.
    In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:

    qui sunt ab ea disciplina,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:

    ab eo qui sunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:

    nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,

    id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
    p.
    To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;

    in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,

    one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,

    a manu servus,

    a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
    q.
    The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:

    a peregre,

    Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:

    a foris,

    Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:

    ab intus,

    ib. ib. 7, 15:

    ab invicem,

    App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:

    a longe,

    Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:

    a modo,

    ib. ib. 23, 39;

    Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,

    Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:

    a sursum,

    ib. Marc. 15, 38.
    a.
    Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:

    Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,

    Cic. Pis. 37, 91:

    a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?

    id. Sen. 6:

    a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?

    id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:

    res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
    b.
    Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
    c.
    It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:

    a vitae periculo,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 313:

    a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,

    id. Arch. 6, 12:

    a minus bono,

    Sall. C. 2, 6:

    a satis miti principio,

    Liv. 1, 6, 4:

    damnis dives ab ipsa suis,

    Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
    d.
    The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):

    aque Chao,

    Verg. G. 4, 347:

    aque mero,

    Ov. M. 3, 631:

    aque viro,

    id. H. 6, 156:

    aque suis,

    id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:

    a meque,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:

    abs teque,

    id. Att. 3, 15, 4:

    a teque,

    id. ib. 8, 11, §

    7: a primaque adulescentia,

    id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
    e.
    A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
    III.
    In composition ab,
    1.
    Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
    2.
    It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab

  • 25 an

    1.
    ăn, conj. [etym. very obscure; v. the various views adduced in Hand, I. p. 296, with which he seems dissatisfied; if it is connected with the Sanscr. anjas, = Germ. ander, = Engl. other, we may comp. the Engl. other and or with the Germ. oder, = or]. It introduces the second part of a disjunctive interrogation, or a phrase implying doubt, and thus unites in itself the signif. of aut and num or -ne, or, or whether (hence the clause with an is entirely parallel with that introduced by num, utrum, -ne, etc., while aut forms only a subdivision in the single disjunctive clause; utrum... aut—an... aut, whether... or, etc.; cf. Ochsn. Eclog. p. 150; v. also aut).
    I.
    In disjunctive interrogations.
    A.
    Direct.
    a.
    Introd. by utrum (in Engl. the introd. particle whether is now obsolete, and the interrogation is denoted simply by the order of the words):

    Utrum hac me feriam an ab laevā latus?

    Plaut. Cist. 3, 10:

    sed utrum tu amicis hodie an inimicis tuis Daturu's cenam?

    id. Ps. 3, 2, 88; id. Pers. 3, 1, 13; id. Trin. 1, 2, 138; id. Cas. 2, 4, 11:

    Utrum sit annon voltis?

    id. Am. prol. 56:

    quid facies? Utrum hoc tantum crimen praetermittes an obicies?

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 30 sq.:

    in plebem vero Romanam utrum superbiam prius commemorem an crudelitatem?

    id. Verr. 1, 122; id. Deiot. 23; id. Fam. 7, 13:

    Utrum enim defenditis an impugnatis plebem?

    Liv. 5, 3. —And with an twice:

    Utrum hoc signum cupiditatis tuae an tropaeum necessitudinis atque hospitii an amoris indicium esse voluisti?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 115; id. Imp. Pomp. 57 sq.; id. Rab. 21.—With an three times:

    Utrum res ab initio ita ducta est, an ad extremum ita perducta, an ita parva est pecunia, an is (homo) Verres, ut haec quae dixi, gratis facta esse videantur?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 61; 3, 83; id. Clu. 183; Liv. 21, 10; and seven times in Cic. Dom. 56-58.—With -ne pleon. (not to be confounded with cases where utrum precedes as pron.; as Cic. Tusc. 4, 4, 9):

    sed utrum tu masne an femina es, qui illum patrem voces?

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 16; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; id. Stich. 5, 4, 26:

    Utrum studione id sibi habet an laudi putat Fore, si etc.,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 28:

    Utrum igitur tandem perspicuisne dubia aperiuntur an dubiis perspicua tolluntur?

    Cic. Fin. 4, 24, 67.—And affixed to utrum, but rarely:

    Utrumne jussi persequemur otium... an hunc laborem etc.,

    Hor. Epod. 1, 7; Plin. 17, 1, 1, § 4; Quint. 12, 1, 40.—
    b.
    Introduced by -ne:

    quid fit? seditio tabetne an numeros augificat suos?

    Enn. Trag. Rel. p. 23 Rib.:

    servos esne an liber?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 186:

    idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?

    Cic. Lig. 18; 23:

    custosne urbis an direptor et vexator esset Antonius?

    id. Phil. 3, 27; id. Mur. 88; id. Sull. 22.—

    So with an twice,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 28; id. Att. 16, 8;

    and five times,

    id. Balb. 9.—
    c.
    Introduced by nonne:

    Nonne ad servos videtis rem publicam venturam fuisse? An mihi ipsi fuit mors aequo animo oppetenda?

    Cic. Sest. 47; id. Sex. Rosc. 43 sq.; id. Dom. 26; 127.—So with an twice, Cic. Phil. 11, 36.—
    d.
    Introduced by num:

    si quis invidiae metus, num est vehementius severitatis invidia quam inertiae pertimescenda?

    Cic. Cat. 1, 29; id. Mur. 76; id. Sest. 80:

    Num quid duas habetis patrias an est illa patria communis?

    id. Leg. 2, 2.—
    e.
    Without introductory particle:

    quid igitur? haec vera an falsa sunt?

    Cic. Ac. 2, 29, 95:

    quid enim exspectas? bellum an tabulas novas?

    id. Cat. 2, 18:

    ipse percussit an aliis occidendum dedit?

    id. Sex. Rosc. 74; id. Verr. 2, 106; id. Imp. Pomp. 53; id. Phil. 2, 27:

    eloquar an sileam?

    Verg. A. 3, 37:

    auditis an me ludit amabilis Insania?

    Hor. C. 3, 4, 5.—So an twice, Cic. Mil. 54;

    three times,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 8;

    and six times,

    Cic. Rab. 14; id. Pis. 40.—
    B.
    Indirect.
    a.
    Introduced by utrum:

    quid tu, malum, curas, Utrum crudum an coctum edim?

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 16; id. Cist. 4, 2, 11; id. Bacch. 3, 4, 1; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74:

    quaero, si quis... utrum is clemens an inhumanissimus esse videatur,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 12:

    agitur, utrum M. Antonio facultas detur an horum ei facere nihil liceat,

    id. Phil. 5, 6; id. Sex. Rosc. 72; id. Imp. Pomp. 42; id. Verr. 1, 105.
    So once only in Vulg.
    aut for an: Loquimini de me utrum bovem cujusquam tulerim aut asinum, 1 Reg. 12, 3.—And with -ne pleon.:

    res in discrimine versatur, utrum possitne se contra luxuriem parsimonia defendere an deformata cupiditati addicatur,

    Cic. Quinct. 92:

    numquamne intelleges statuendum tibi esse, utrum illi, qui istam rem gesserunt, homicidaene sint an vindices libertatis?

    id. Phil. 2, 30.—
    b.
    Introduced by -ne:

    Fortunāne an forte repertus,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 159 Rib. agitur autem liberine vivamus an mortem obeamus, Cic. Phil. 11, 24; id. Verr. 4, 73; id. Mil. 16:

    nunc vero non id agitur, bonisne an malis moribus vivamus etc.,

    Sall. C. 52, 10.—So with an three times, Cic. Or. 61.—
    c.
    Introduced by an:

    haud scio an malim te videri... an amicos tuos plus habuisse,

    Cic. Pis. 39.—
    d.
    Without introd. particle:

    ... vivam an moriar, nulla in me est metus,

    Enn. Trag. Rel. p. 72 Rib.:

    vivat an mortuus sit, quis aut scit aut curat?

    Cic. Phil. 13, 33; 3, 18; id. Sex. Rosc. 88; id. Red. in Sen. 14.—
    C.
    Sometimes the opinion of the speaker or the probability inclines to the second interrogative clause (cf. infra, II. E.). and this is made emphatic, as a corrective of the former, or rather, or on the contrary:

    ea quae dixi ad corpusne refers? an est aliquid, quod te suā sponte delectet?

    Cic. Fin. 2, 33, 107:

    Cur sic agere voluistis? An ignoratis quod etc.,

    Vulg. Gen. 44, 15.—Hence, in the comic poets, an potius:

    cum animo depugnat suo, Utrum itane esse mavelit ut... An ita potius ut etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 31: id. Stich. 1, 2, 18; id. Trin. 2, 2, 25:

    an id flagitium est, An potius hoc patri aequomst fieri, ut a me ludatur dolis?

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 94.—
    D.
    The first part of the interrogation is freq. not expressed, but is to be supplied from the context; in this case, an begins the interrog., or, or rather, or indeed, or perhaps (but it does not begin an absolute, i. e. not disjunctive, interrog.): De. Credam ego istuc, si esse te hilarem videro. Ar. An tu esse me tristem putas? (where nonne me hilarem esse vides? is implied), Plaut. As. 5, 1, 10: Ch. Sed Thaïs multon ante venit? Py. An abiit jam a milite? Ter. Eun. 4, 5, 7:

    An ego Ulixem obliscar umquam?

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 199 Rib.:

    An parum vobis est quod peccatis?

    Vulg. Josh. 22, 17:

    est igitur aliquid, quod perturbata mens melius possit facere quam constans? an quisquam potest sine perturbatione mentis irasci?

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 24, 54; cf. id. Clu. 22; id. Off. 3, 29: Debes hoc etiam rescribere, sit tibi curae Quantae conveniat Munatius; an male sarta Gratia nequiquam coit...? or is perhaps, etc., Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 31 K. and H. —So esp. in Cic., in order to make the truth of an assertion more certain, by an argumentum a minore ad majus:

    cur (philosophus) pecuniam magno opere desideret vel potius curet omnino? an Scythes Anacharsis potuit pro nihilo pecuniam ducere, nostrates philosophi non potuerunt?

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 89 sq.:

    An vero P. Scipio T. Gracchum privatus interfecit, Catilinam vero nos consules perferemus?

    id. Cat. 1, 1; so id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 14, 5, 12 Muret.; id. Fin. 1, 2, 5, ubi v. Madv.—It sometimes introduces a question suggested by the words of another: He. Mane. Non dum audisti, Demea, Quod est gravissimum? De. An quid est etiam anplius? Is there then etc., Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 21:

    sed ad haec, nisi molestum est, habeo quae velim. An me, inquam, nisi te audire vellem censes haec dicturum fuisse?

    Cic. Fin. 1, 8, 28; 2, 22, 74; id. Tusc. 5, 26, 73; 5, 12, 35; id. Brut. 184; id. Fat. 2, 4; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 1, 8, 28.—It sometimes anticipates an answer to something going before: At vero si ad vitem sensus accesserit, ut appetitum quendam habeat et per se ipsa moveatur, quid facturam putas? An ea, quae per vinitorem antea consequebatur, per se ipsa curabit? shall we not say that, must we not think that etc., Cic. Fin. 5, 14, 38, ubi v. Madv.—
    E.
    An non. and in one word, annon (in direct questions more freq. than necne):

    isne est quem quaero an non?

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 12:

    Hocine agis an non?

    id. And. 1, 2, 15:

    Tibi ego dico an non?

    id. ib. 4, 4, 23:

    utrum sit an non voltis?

    Plaut. Am. prol. 56:

    utrum cetera nomina in codicem accepti et expensi digesta habes annon?

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 3 al. —Also in indirect questions = necne, q. v.:

    abi, vise redieritne jam an non dum domum,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 4, 5:

    videbo utrum clamorem opere conpleverint, an non est ita,

    Vulg. Gen. 18, 21; 24, 21.—
    F.
    An ne, usually written anne, pleon. for an.
    a.
    In direct questions:

    anne tu dicis quā ex causā vindicaveris?

    Cic. Mur. 26. —
    b.
    In indirect questions:

    nec. aequom anne iniquom imperet, cogitabit,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 19; id. Ps. 1, 1, 122:

    percontarier, Utrum aurum reddat anne eat secum simul,

    id. Bacch. 4, 1, 4:

    Nam quid ego de consulato loquar, parto vis, anue gesto?

    Cic. Pis. 1, 3:

    cum interrogetur, tria pauca sint anne multa,

    id. Ac. 2, 29:

    Gabinio dicam anne Pompeio, an utrique,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 19, 57; so id. Or. 61, 206:

    Quid enim interest, divitias, opes, valetudinem bona dicas anne praeposita, cum etc.,

    id. Fin. 4, 9, 23 Madv.; August. ap. Suet. Aug. 69 al. (for the omission of the second disjunctive clause or the particle necne representing it, v. utrum;

    instances of this usage in eccl. Lat. are,

    Vulg. Lev. 13, 36; 14, 36; ib. Num. 11, 23 al.).—
    II.
    In disjunctive clauses that express doubt, or.
    A.
    Utrum stultitiā facere ego hunc an malitiā Dicam, scientem an imprudentem, incertus sum. Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 54:

    ut nescias, utrum res oratione an verba sententiis illustrentur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 13, 56:

    honestumne factu sit an turpe, dubitant,

    id. Off. 1, 3, 9:

    nescio, gratulerne tibi an timeam,

    id. Fam. 2, 5; Caes. B. G. 7, 5:

    pecuniae an famae minus parceret, haud facile discerneres,

    Sall. C. 25, 3; so id. ib. 52, 10; Suet. Aug. 19; id. Tib. 10; id. Claud. 15:

    cognoscet de doctrinā, utrum ex Deo sit an ego a me ipso loquar,

    Vulg. Joan. 7, 17; ib. Eccl. 2, 19 al.—
    B.
    An sometimes denotes uncertainty by itself, without a verb of doubting (dubito, dubium or incertum est, etc., vet in such cases the editors are divided between an and aut; cf. Mos. and Orell. ad Cic. Rep. 1, 12): verene hoc memoriae proditum est [p. 115] regem istum Numam Pythagorae ipsius discipulum, an certe Pythagoreum fuisse? Cic. Rep. 2, 15, where B. and K. read aut certe: Cn. Octavius est an Cn. Cornelius quidam tuus familiaris, summo genere natus, terrae filius;

    is etc.,

    id. Fam. 7, 9 B. and K.:

    Themistocles quidem, cum ei Simonides an quis alius artem memoriae polliceretur, Oblivionis, inquit, mallem,

    Simonides or some other person, id. Fin. 2, 32, 104; id. Fam. 7, 9, 3; id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 2, 7, 3; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    C.
    It often stands for sive (so esp. in and after the Aug. per.):

    quod sit an non, nihil commovet analogiam,

    whether this be so or not, Varr. L. L. 9, § 105 Müll.; Att. ap. Prisc. p. 677 P.; Ov. R. Am. 797:

    saucius an sanus, numquid tua signa reliqui,

    id. F. 4, 7:

    Illa mihi referet, si nostri mutua curast, An minor, an toto pectore deciderim,

    Tib. 3, 1, 20; Tac. A. 11, 26:

    sive nullam opem praevidebat inermis atque exul, seu taedio ambiguae spei an amore conjugis et liberorum,

    id. ib. 14, 59.—
    D.
    The first disjunctive clause is freq. to be supplied from the gen. idea or an may stand for utrum—necne (cf. supra, I. D.):

    qui scis, an, quae jubeam, sine vi faciat? (vine coactus is to be supplied),

    how knowest thou whether or not he will do it without compulsion? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 20:

    An dolo malo factum sit, ambigitur,

    Cic. Tull. 23:

    quaesivi an misisset (periplasmata),

    id. Verr. 4, 27:

    Vide an facile fieri tu potueris, cum etc.,

    id. Fragm. B. 13, 2, 1:

    praebete aurem et videte an mentiar,

    Vulg. Job, 6, 28: de L. Bruto fortasse dubitaverim an propter infinitum odium tyranni effrenatius in Aruntem invaserit, I might doubt whether or not, etc., Cic. Tusc. 4, 22, 50; id. Verr. 3, 76:

    Quis scit an adiciant hodiernae crastina summae Tempora di superi?

    Hor. C. 4, 7, 17; Plin. Ep. 6, 21, 3; Quint. 2, 17, 38:

    Sine videamus an veniat Elias,

    Vulg. Matt. 27, 49:

    tria sine dubio rursus spectanda sunt, an sit, quid sit, quale sit,

    Quint. 5, 10, 53:

    dubium an quaesitā morte,

    Tac. A. 1, 5; 6, 50; 4, 74:

    Multitudo an vindicatura Bessum fuerit, incertum est,

    Curt. 7, 5:

    diu Lacedaemonii, an eum summae rei praeponerent, deliberaverunt,

    Just. 6, 2, 4 et saep.—
    E.
    Since in such distrib. sentences expressive of doubt, the opinion of the speaker or the probability usually inclines to the second, i. e. to the clause beginning with an, the expressions haud scio an, nescio an, dubito an (the latter through all pers. and tenses), incline to an affirmative signification, I almost know, I am inclined to think, I almost think, I might say, I might assert that, etc., for perhaps, probably (hence the opinion is incorrect that an, in this situation, stands for an non; for by an non a negation of the objective clause is expressed, e. g. nescio an non beatus sit, I am almost of the opinion that he is not happy, v. infra, and cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 1, Exc. XI. p. 335 sq.; Cic. uses haud scio an eleven times in his Orations;

    nescio an, four times): atque haud scio an, quae dixit sint vera omnia,

    Ter. And. 3, 2, 45:

    crudele gladiatorum spectaculum et inhumanum non nullis videri solet: et haud scio an ita sit, ut nunc fit,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 17, 41; id. Fl. 26:

    testem non mediocrem, sed haud scio an gravissimum,

    perhaps, id. Off. 3, 29:

    constantiam dico? nescio an melius patientiam possim dicere,

    id. Lig. 9; id. Fam. 9, 19:

    ingens eo die res, ac nescio an maxima illo bello gesta sit,

    Liv. 23, 16; Quint. 12, 11, 7 al.:

    si per se virtus sine fortunā ponderanda sit, dubito an Thrasybulum primum omuium ponam,

    I am not certain whether I should not prefer Thrasybulus to all others, Nep. Thras. 1 Dähne:

    dicitur acinace stricto Darius dubitāsse an fugae dedecus honestā morte vitaret,

    i. e. was almost resolved upon, Curt. 4, 5, 30:

    ego dubito an id improprium potius appellem,

    Quint. 1, 5, 46; Gell. 1, 3 al.—Hence, a neg. objective clause must contain in this connection the words non, nemo, nullus, nihil, numquam, nusquam, etc.:

    dubitet an turpe non sit,

    he is inclined to believe that it is not bad, Cic. Off. 3, 12, 50:

    haud scio an ne opus quidem sit, nihil umquam deesse amicis,

    id. Am. 14, 51:

    eloquentiā quidem nescio an habuisset parem neminem,

    id. Brut. 33: quod cum omnibus est faciendum tum haud scio an nemini potius quam tibi, to no one perhaps more, id. Off. 3, 2, 6:

    meā sententiā haud scio an nulla beatior esse possit,

    id. Sen. 16; id. Leg. 1, 21:

    non saepe atque haud scio an numquam,

    id. Or. 2, 7 al. —
    F.
    Sometimes the distributive clause beginning with an designates directly the opposite, the more improbable, the negative; in which case nescio an, haud scio an, etc., like the Engl. I know not whether, signify I think that not, I believe that not, etc.; hence, in the object. clause, aliquis, quisquam, ullus, etc., must stand instead of nemo, nullus, etc. (so for the most part only after Cic.): an profecturus sim, nescio, I know not (i. e. I doubt, I am not confident) whether I shall effect any thing, Sen. Ep. 25:

    opus nescio an superabile, magnum certe tractemus,

    id. Q. N. 3, praef. 4; Caecil. ap. Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: haud scio an vivere nobis liceret, I know not whether we, etc., Cic. Har. Resp. 11, 22: doleo enim maximam feminam eripi oculis civitatis, nescio an aliquid simile visuris, for I know not whether they will ever see any thing of this kind, Plin. Ep. 7, 19; Val. Max. 5, 2, 9:

    nescio an ullum tempus jucundius exegerim,

    I do not know whether I have ever passed time more pleasantly, id. 3, 1:

    namque huic uni contigit, quod nescio an ulli,

    Nep. Timol. 1, 1; Sen. Contr. 3 praef.; Quint. 9, 4, 1:

    nostri quoque soloecum, soloecismum nescio an umquam dixerint,

    Gell. 5, 20 al. Cf. upon this word Hand, Turs. I. pp. 296-361, and Beier, Exc. ad Cic. Am. pp. 202-238.
    2.
    an-, v. ambi.
    3.
    - ăn. This word appears in forsan, forsitan, and fortasse an (Att. Trag. Rel. p. 151 Rib.) or fortassan, seeming to enhance the idea of uncertainty and doubt belonging to fors, etc., and is regarded by some as the Greek conditional particle an, and indeed one of these compounds, forsitan, sometimes in the Vulgate, translates an; as, Joan. 4, 10; 5, 46; 8, 19; and in 3, Joan. 9, it still represents the various reading, an.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > an

  • 26 animus

    ănĭmus, i, m. [a Graeco-Italic form of anemos = wind (as ego, lego, of ego, lego); cf. Sanscr. an = to breathe, anas = breath, anilas = wind; Goth. uz-ana = exspiro; Erse, anal = breath; Germ. Unst = a storm (so, sometimes); but Curt. does not extend the connection to AФ, aêmi = to blow; a modification of animus—by making which the Romans took a step in advance of the Greeks, who used hê psuchê for both these ideas—is anima, which has the physical meaning of anemos, so that Cic. was theoretically right, but historically wrong, when he said, ipse animus ab anima dictus est, Tusc. 1, 9, 19; after the same analogy we have from psuchô = to breathe, blow, psuchê = breath, life, soul; from pneô = to breathe, pneuma = air, breath, life, in class. Greek, and = spirit, a spiritual being, in Hellenistic Greek; from spiro = to breathe, blow, spiritus = breath, breeze, energy, high spirit, and poet. and post-Aug. = soul, mind; the Engl. ghost = Germ. Geist may be comp. with Germ. giessen and cheô, to pour, and for this interchange of the ideas of gases and liquids, cf. Sol. 22: insula adspiratur freto Gallico, is flowed upon, washed, by the Gallic Strait; the Sanscr. atman = breath, soul, with which comp. aytmê = breath; Germ. Odem = breath, and Athem = breath, soul, with which group Curt. connects auô, aêmi; the Heb. = breath, life, soul; and = breath, wind, life, spirit, soul or mind].
    I.
    In a general sense, the rational soul in man (in opp. to the body, corpus, and to the physical life, anima), hê psuchê:

    humanus animus decerptus ex mente divina,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:

    Corpus animum praegravat, Atque affixit humo divinae particulam aurae,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 77:

    credo deos immortales sparsisse animos in corpora humana, ut essent qui terras tuerentur etc.,

    Cic. Sen. 21, 77:

    eas res tueor animi non corporis viribus,

    id. ib. 11, 38; so id. Off. 1, 23, 79:

    quae (res) vel infirmis corporibus animo tamen administratur,

    id. Sen. 6, 15; id. Off. 1, 29, 102:

    omnes animi cruciatus et corporis,

    id. Cat. 4, 5, 10:

    levantes Corpus et animum,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 141:

    formam et figuram animi magis quam corporis complecti,

    Tac. Agr. 46; id. H. 1, 22:

    animi validus et corpore ingens,

    id. A. 15, 53:

    Aristides primus animum pinxit et sensus hominis expressit, quae vocantur Graece ethe, item perturbationes,

    first painted the soul, put a soul into his figures, Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 98 (cf.:

    animosa signa,

    life-like statues, Prop. 4, 8, 9): si nihil esset in eo (animo), nisi id, ut per eum viveremus, i. e. were it mere anima, Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 56:

    Singularis est quaedam natura atque vis animi, sejuncta ab his usitatis notisque naturis, i. e. the four material elements,

    id. ib. 1, 27, 66: Neque nos corpora sumus. Cum igitur nosce te dicit, hoc dicit, nosce animum tuum, id. ib. 1, 22, 52:

    In quo igitur loco est (animus)? Credo equidem in capite,

    id. ib. 1, 29, 70:

    corpora nostra, terreno principiorum genere confecta, ardore animi concalescunt,

    derive their heat from the fiery nature of the soul, id. ib. 1, 18, 42:

    Non valet tantum animus, ut se ipsum ipse videat: at, ut oculus, sic animus, se non videns alia cernit,

    id. ib. 1, 27, 67: foramina illa ( the senses), quae patent ad animum a corpore, callidissimo artificio natura fabricata est, id. ib. 1, 20, 47: dum peregre est animus sine corpore velox, independently of the body, i. e. the mind roaming in thought, Hor. Ep. 1, 12, 13:

    discessus animi a corpore,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18; 1, 30, 72:

    cum nihil erit praeter animum,

    when there shall be nothing but the soul, when the soul shall be disembodied, id. ib. 1, 20, 47; so,

    animus vacans corpore,

    id. ib. 1, 22, 50; and:

    animus sine corpore,

    id. ib. 1, 22, 51:

    sine mente animoque nequit residere per artus pars ulla animai,

    Lucr. 3, 398 (for the pleonasm here, v. infra, II. A. 1.):

    Reliquorum sententiae spem adferunt posse animos, cum e corporibus excesserint in caelum pervenire,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:

    permanere animos arbitramur consensu nationum omnium,

    id. ib. 1, 16, 36:

    Pherecydes primus dixit animos esse hominum sempiternos,

    id. ib. 1, 16, 38:

    Quod ni ita se haberet, ut animi immortales essent, haud etc.,

    id. Sen. 23, 82: immortalitas animorum, id. ib. 21, 78; id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24; 1, 14, 30:

    aeternitas animorum,

    id. ib. 1, 17, 39; 1, 22, 50 (for the plur. animorum, in this phrase, cf. Cic. Sen. 23, 84); for the atheistic notions about the soul, v. Lucr. bk. iii.—
    II.
    In a more restricted sense, the mind as thinking, feeling, willing, the intellect, the sensibility, and the will, acc. to the almost universally received division of the mental powers since the time of Kant (Diog. Laert. 8, 30, says that Pythagoras divided hê psuchê into ho nous, hai phrenes, and ho thumos; and that man had ho nous and ho thumos in common with other animals, but he alone had hai phrenes. Here ho nous and ho thumos must denote the understanding and the sensibility, and hai phrenes, the reason. Plutarch de Placit. 4, 21, says that the Stoics called the supreme faculty of the mind (to hêgemonikon tês psuchês) ho logismos, reason. Cic. sometimes speaks of a twofold division; as, Est animus in partes tributus duas, quarum altera rationis est particeps, altera expers (i. e. to logistikon and to alogon of Plato; cf. Tert. Anim. 16), i. e. the reason or intellect and the sensibility, Tusc. 2, 21, 47; so id. Off. 1, 28, 101; 1, 36, 132; id. Tusc 4, 5, 10; and again of a threefold; as, Plato triplicem finxit animum, cujus principatum, id est rationem in capite sicut in arce posuit, et duas partes ( the two other parts) ei parere voluit, iram et cupiditatem, quas locis disclusit; iram in pectore, cupiditatem subter praecordia locavit, i. e. the reason or intellect, and the sensibility here resolved into desire and aversion, id. ib. 1, 10, 20; so id. Ac. 2, 39, 124. The will, hê boulêsis, voluntas, arbitrium, seems to have been sometimes merged in the sensibility, ho thumos, animus, animi, sensus, and sometimes identified with the intellect or reason, ho nous, ho logismos, mens, ratio).
    A.
    1.. The general power of perception and thought, the reason, intellect, mind (syn.: mens, ratio, ingenium), ho nous:

    cogito cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; so Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 55:

    cum animis vestris cogitare,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 24:

    recordari cum animo,

    id. Clu. 25, 70;

    and without cum: animo meditari,

    Nep. Ages. 4, 1; cf. id. Ham. 4, 2:

    cogitare volvereque animo,

    Suet. Vesp. 5:

    animo cogitare,

    Vulg. Eccli. 37, 9:

    statuere apud animum,

    Liv. 34, 2:

    proposui in animo meo,

    Vulg. Eccli. 1, 12:

    nisi me animus fallit, hi sunt, etc.,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 23:

    in dubio est animus,

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 31; id. ib. prol. 1; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 29:

    animum ad se ipsum advocamus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75:

    lumen animi, ingenii consiliique tui,

    id. Rep. 6, 12 al. —

    For the sake of rhet. fulness, animus often has a synonym joined with it: Mens et animus et consilium et sententia civitatis posita est in legibus,

    Cic. Clu. 146:

    magnam cui mentem animumque Delius inspirat vates,

    Verg. A. 6, 11:

    complecti animo et cogitatione,

    Cic. Off. 1, 32, 117; id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:

    animis et cogitatione comprehendere,

    id. Fl. 27, 66:

    cum omnia ratione animoque lustraris,

    id. Off. 1, 17, 56:

    animorum ingeniorumque naturale quoddam quasi pabulum consideratio naturae,

    id. Ac. 2, 41, 127.—Hence the expressions: agitatio animi, attentio, contentio; animi adversio; applicatio animi; judicium, opinio animorum, etc. (v. these vv.); and animum advertere, adjungere, adplicare, adpellere, inducere, etc. (v. these vv.).—
    2.
    Of particular faculties of mind, the memory:

    etiam nunc mihi Scripta illa dicta sunt in animo Chrysidis,

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 46:

    An imprimi, quasi ceram, animum putamus etc. (an idea of Aristotle's),

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 25, 61:

    ex animo effluere,

    id. de Or. 2, 74, 300: omnia fert aetas, animum quoque;

    ... Nunc oblita mihi tot carmina,

    Verg. E. 9, 51.—
    3.
    Consciousness (physically considered) or the vital power, on which consciousness depends ( = conscientia, q. v. II. A., or anima, q. v. II. E.):

    vae miserae mihi. Animo malest: aquam velim,

    I'm fainting, my wits are going, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 6; id. Curc. 2, 3, 33:

    reliquit animus Sextium gravibus acceptis vulneribus,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 38:

    Una eademque via sanguis animusque sequuntur,

    Verg. A. 10, 487:

    animusque reliquit euntem,

    Ov. M. 10, 459:

    nisi si timor abstulit omnem Sensum animumque,

    id. ib. 14, 177:

    linqui deinde animo et submitti genu coepit,

    Curt. 4, 6, 20: repente animo linqui solebat, Suet. Caes. 45:

    ad recreandos defectos animo puleio,

    Plin. 20, 14, 54, § 152.—
    4.
    The conscience, in mal. part. (v. conscientia, II. B. 2. b.):

    cum conscius ipse animus se remordet,

    Lucr. 4, 1135:

    quos conscius animus exagitabat,

    Sall. C. 14, 3:

    suae malae cogitationes conscientiaeque animi terrent,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 67.—
    5.
    In Plaut. very freq., and once also in Cic., meton. for judicium, sententia, opinion, judgment; mostly meo quidem animo or meo animo, according to my mind, in my opinion, Plaut. Men. 1, 3, 17:

    e meo quidem animo aliquanto facias rectius, si, etc.,

    id. Aul. 3, 6, 3:

    meo quidem animo, hic tibi hodie evenit bonus,

    id. Bacch. 1, 1, 69; so id. Aul. 3, 5, 4; id. Curc. 4, 2, 28; id. Bacch. 3, 2, 10; id. Ep. 1, 2, 8; id. Poen. 1, 2, 23; id. Rud. 4, 4, 94; Cic. Sest. 22:

    edepol lenones meo animo novisti,

    Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 19:

    nisi, ut meus est animus, fieri non posse arbitror,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 5 (cf.:

    EX MEI ANIMI SENTENTIA,

    Inscr. Orell. 3665:

    ex animi tui sententia,

    Cic. Off. 3, 29, 108).—
    6.
    The imagination, the fancy (for which Cic. often uses cogitatio, as Ac. 2, 15, 48):

    cerno animo sepultam patriam, miseros atque insepultos acervos civium,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 6, 11:

    fingere animo jubebat aliquem etc.,

    id. Sen. 12, 41: Fingite animis;

    litterae enim sunt cogitationes nostrae, et quae volunt, sic intuentur, ut ea cernimus, quae videmus,

    id. Mil. 29, 79:

    Nihil animo videre poterant,

    id. Tusc. 1, 16, 38.—
    B.
    The power of feeling, the sensibility, the heart, the feelings, affections, inclinations, disposition, passions (either honorable or base; syn.: sensus, adfectus, pectus, cor), ho thumos.
    1.
    a.. In gen., heart, soul, spirit, feeling, inclination, affection, passion: Medea, animo aegra, amore saevo saucia, Enn. ap. Auct. ad Her. 2, 22 (cf. Plaut. Truc. 2, 7, 36:

    animo hercle homo suo est miser): tu si animum vicisti potius quam animus te, est quod gaudeas, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 27 -29:

    harum scelera et lacrumae confictae dolis Redducunt animum aegrotum ad misericordiam,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 27:

    Quo gemitu conversi animi (sunt),

    Verg. A. 2, 73:

    Hoc fletu concussi animi,

    id. ib. 9, 498;

    4, 310: animum offendere,

    Cic. Lig. 4; id. Deiot. 33; so Vulg. Gen. 26, 35.—Mens and animus are often conjoined and contrasted, mind and heart (cf. the Homeric kata phrena kai kata thumon, in mind and heart): mentem atque animum delectat suum, entertains his mind and delights his heart, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10:

    Satin tu sanus mentis aut animi tui?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 53:

    mala mens, malus animus,

    bad mind, bad heart, Ter. And. 1, 1, 137:

    animum et mentem meam ipsa cogitatione hominum excellentium conformabam,

    Cic. Arch. 6, 14:

    Nec vero corpori soli subveniendum est, sed menti atque animo multo magis,

    id. Sen. 11, 36:

    ut omnium mentes animosque perturbaret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 1, 21:

    Istuc mens animusque fert,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 14, 8:

    Stare Socrates dicitur tamquam quodam recessu mentis atque animi facto a corpore,

    Gell. 2, 1; 15, 2, 7.—

    And very rarely with this order inverted: Jam vero animum ipsum mentemque hominis, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 59, 147:

    mente animoque nobiscum agunt,

    Tac. G. 29:

    quem nobis animum, quas mentes imprecentur,

    id. H. 1, 84;

    and sometimes pleon. without such distinction: in primis regina quietum Accipit in Teucros animum mentemque benignam,

    a quiet mind and kindly heart, Verg. A. 1, 304; so,

    pravitas animi atque ingenii,

    Vell. 2, 112, 7 (for mens et animus, etc., in the sense of thought, used as a pleonasm, v. supra, II. A. 1.):

    Verum animus ubi semel se cupiditate devinxit mala, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 34:

    animus perturbatus et incitatus nec cohibere se potest, nec quo loco vult insistere,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 18, 41:

    animum comprimit,

    id. ib. 2, 22, 53:

    animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,

    id. ib. 4, 37, 81; id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1:

    sed quid ego hic animo lamentor,

    Enn. Ann. 6, 40:

    tremere animo,

    Cic. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4:

    ingentes animo concipit iras,

    Ov. M. 1, 166:

    exsultare animo,

    id. ib. 6, 514.—So often ex animo, from the heart, from the bottom of one's heart, deeply, truly, sincerely:

    Paulum interesse censes ex animo omnia facias an de industria?

    from your heart or with some design, Ter. And. 4, 4, 55; id. Ad. 1, 1, 47:

    nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,

    id. Heaut. 5, 2, 6: verbum [p. 124] ex animo dicere, id. Eun. 1, 2, 95:

    sive ex animo id fit sive simulate,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 67, 168:

    majore studio magisve ex animo petere non possum,

    id. Fam. 11, 22:

    ex animo vereque diligi,

    id. ib. 9, 6, 2:

    ex animo dolere,

    Hor. A. P. 432:

    quae (gentes) dederunt terram meam sibi cum gaudio et toto corde et ex animo,

    Vulg. Ezech. 36, 5; ib. Eph. 6, 6; ib. 1 Pet. 5, 3.—And with gen.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    Quid illam miseram animi excrucias?

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 76; 4, 6, 65:

    Antipho me excruciat animi,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 10:

    discrucior animi,

    id. Ad. 4, 4, 1:

    in spe pendebit animi,

    id. Heaut. 4, 4, 5: juvenemque animi miserata repressit, pitying him in her heart, thumôi phileousa te kêdomenê te (Hom. Il. 1, 196), Verg. A. 10, 686.—
    (β).
    With adjj.:

    aeger animi,

    Liv. 1, 58; 2, 36; 6, 10; Curt. 4, 3, 11; Tac. H. 3, 58:

    infelix animi,

    Verg. A. 4, 529:

    felix animi,

    Juv. 14, 159:

    victus animi,

    Verg. G. 4, 491:

    ferox animi,

    Tac. A. 1, 32:

    promptus animi,

    id. H. 2, 23:

    praestans animi,

    Verg. A. 12, 19:

    ingens animi,

    Tac. A. 1, 69 (for this gen. v. Ramsh. Gr. p. 323; Key, § 935; Wagner ad Plaut. Aul. v. 105; Draeger, Hist. Synt. I. p. 443).—
    b.
    Meton., disposition, character (so, often ingenium): nimis paene animo es Molli, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 49:

    animo audaci proripit sese,

    Pac. Trag. Rel. p. 109 Rib.:

    petulans protervo, iracundo animo,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 3, 1; id. Truc. 4, 3, 1:

    ubi te vidi animo esse omisso (omisso = neglegenti, Don.),

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 9; Cic. Fam. 2. 17 fin.:

    promptus animus vester,

    Vulg. 2 Cor. 9, 2: animis estis simplicibus et mansuetis nimium creditis unicuique, Auct. ad Her. 4, 37:

    eorum animi molles et aetate fluxi dolis haud difficulter capiebantur,

    Sall. C. 14, 5:

    Hecabe, Non oblita animorum, annorum oblita suorum,

    Ov. M. 13, 550:

    Nihil est tam angusti animi tamque parvi, quam amare divitias,

    Cic. Off. 1, 20, 68:

    sordidus atque animi parvi,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 10; Vell. 2, 25, 3:

    Drusus animi fluxioris erat,

    Suet. Tib. 52.—
    2.
    In particular, some one specific emotion, inclination, or passion (honorable or base; in this signif., in the poets and prose writers, very freq. in the plur.). —
    a.
    Courage, spirit:

    ibi nostris animus additus est,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 94; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 31; id. And. 2, 1, 33:

    deficiens animo maesto cum corde jacebat,

    Lucr. 6, 1232:

    virtute atque animo resistere,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 8:

    fac animo magno fortique sis,

    id. ib. 6, 14 fin.:

    Cassio animus accessit, et Parthis timor injectus est,

    id. Att. 5, 20, 3:

    nostris animus augetur,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 70:

    mihi in dies magis animus accenditur,

    Sall. C. 20, 6; Cic. Att. 5, 18; Liv. 8, 19; 44, 29:

    Nunc demum redit animus,

    Tac. Agr. 3:

    bellica Pallas adest, Datque animos,

    Ov. M. 5, 47:

    pares annis animisque,

    id. ib. 7, 558:

    cecidere illis animique manusque,

    id. ib. 7, 347 (cf.:

    tela viris animusque cadunt,

    id. F. 3, 225) et saep.—Hence, bono animo esse or uti, to be of good courage, Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5: Am. Bono animo es. So. Scin quam bono animo sim? Plaut. Am. 22, 39:

    In re mala animo si bono utare, adjuvat,

    id. Capt. 2, 1, 9:

    bono animo fac sis,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 5, 1:

    quin tu animo bono es,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 4:

    quare bono animo es,

    Cic. Att. 5, 18; so Vulg. 2 Macc. 11, 26; ib. Act. 18, 25;

    so also, satis animi,

    sufficient courage, Ov. M. 3, 559.—Also for hope:

    magnus mihi animus est, hodiernum diem initium libertatis fore,

    Tac. Agr, 30.— Trop., of the violent, stormy motion of the winds of AEolus:

    Aeolus mollitque animos et temperat iras,

    Verg. A. 1, 57.—Of a top:

    dant animos plagae,

    give it new force, quicker motion, Verg. A. 7, 383.—

    Of spirit in discourse: in Asinio Pollione et consilii et animi satis,

    Quint. 10, 1, 113. —
    b.
    Haughtiness, arrogance, pride: quae civitas est in Asia, quae unius tribuni militum animos ac spiritus capere possit? can bear the arrogance and pride, etc., Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 66:

    jam insolentiam noratis hominis: noratis animos ejus ac spiritus tribunicios,

    id. Clu. 39, 109; so id. Caecin. 11 al.; Ov. Tr. 5, 8, 3 (cf.:

    quia paululum vobis accessit pecuniae, Sublati animi sunt,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 56).—
    c.
    Violent passion, vehemence, wrath:

    animum vincere, iracundiam cohibere, etc.,

    Cic. Marcell. 3:

    animum rege, qui nisi paret Imperat,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 62:

    qui dominatur animo suo,

    Vulg. Prov. 16, 32.—So often in plur.; cf hoi thumoi: ego meos animos violentos meamque iram ex pectore jam promam, Plaut. Truc. 2, 7, 43:

    vince animos iramque tuam,

    Ov. H. 3, 85; id. M. 8, 583; Prop. 1, 5, 12:

    Parce tuis animis, vita, nocere tibi,

    id. 2, 5, 18:

    Sic longius aevum Destruit ingentes animos,

    Luc. 8, 28:

    coeunt sine more, sine arte, Tantum animis iraque,

    Stat. Th. 11, 525 al. —
    d.
    Moderation, patience, calmness, contentedness, in the phrase aequus animus, an even mind:

    si est animus aequos tibi,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 10; id. Rud. 2, 3, 71; Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 145; and often in the abl., aequo animo, with even mind, patiently, etc.:

    aequo animo ferre,

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 23; Cic. Tusc. 1, 39, 93; id. Sen. 23, 84; Nep. Dion. 6, 4; Liv. 5, 39:

    aequo animo esse,

    Vulg. 3 Reg. 21, 7; ib. Judith, 7, 23: Aequo animo est? of merry heart (Gr. euthumei), ib. Jac. 5, 13:

    animis aequis remittere,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    aequiore animo successorem opperiri,

    Suet. Tib. 25:

    haud aequioribus animis audire,

    Liv. 23, 22: sapientissimus quisque aequissimo animo moritur; stultissimus iniquissimo. Cic. Sen. 23, 83; so id. Tusc. 1, 45, 109; Sall. C. 3, 2; Suet. Aug. 56:

    iniquo animo,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 150 Rib.; Cic. Tusc. 2, 2, 5; Quint. 11, 1, 66.—
    e.
    Agreeable feeling, pleasure, delight:

    cubat amans animo obsequens,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 134:

    indulgent animis, et nulla quid utile cura est,

    Ov. M. 7, 566; so, esp. freq.: animi causa (in Plaut. once animi gratia), for the sake of amusement, diversion (cf.:

    haec (animalia) alunt animi voluptatisque causa,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 12):

    Post animi causa mihi navem faciam,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 27; so id. Trin. 2, 2, 53; id. Ep. 1, 1, 43:

    liberare fidicinam animi gratia,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 90:

    qui illud animi causa fecerit, hunc praedae causa quid facturum putabis?

    Cic. Phil. 7, 6:

    habet animi causa rus amoenum et suburbanum,

    id. Rosc. Am. 46 Matth.; cf. id. ib. § 134, and Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 2, 17, 56; Cic. Fam. 7, 2:

    Romanos in illis munitionibus animine causa cotidie exerceri putatis?

    Caes. B. G. 7, 77; Plin. praef. 17 Sill.—
    f.
    Disposition toward any one:

    hoc animo in nos esse debebis, ut etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 1 fin.:

    meus animus erit in te semper, quem tu esse vis,

    id. ib. 5, 18 fin.:

    qui, quo animo inter nos simus, ignorant,

    id. ib. 3, 6; so id. ib. 4, 15;

    5, 2: In quo in primis quo quisque animo, studio, benevolentia fecerit, ponderandum est,

    id. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    quod (Allobroges) nondum bono animo in populum Romanum viderentur,

    to be well disposed, Caes. B. G. 1, 6 fin. —In the pregn. signif. of kind, friendly feeling, affection, kindness, liberality:

    animum fidemque praetorianorum erga se expertus est,

    Suet. Oth. 8:

    Nec non aurumque animusque Latino est,

    Verg. A. 12, 23.—Hence, meton., of a person who is loved, my heart, my soul:

    salve, anime mi,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 3:

    da, meus ocellus, mea rosa, mi anime, da, mea voluptas,

    id. As. 3, 3, 74; so id. ib. 5, 2, 90; id. Curc. 1, 3, 9; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 48; id. Most. 1, 4, 23; id. Men. 1, 3, 1; id. Mil. 4, 8, 20; id. Rud. 4, 8, 1; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 15 et saep. —
    C.
    The power of willing, the will, inclination, desire, purpose, design, intention (syn.: voluntas, arbitrium, mens, consilium, propositum), hê boulêsis:

    qui rem publicam animo certo adjuverit,

    Att. Trag Rel. p. 182 Rib.:

    pro inperio tuo meum animum tibi servitutem servire aequom censui,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 23:

    Ex animique voluntate id procedere primum,

    goes forth at first from the inclination of the soul, Lucr. 2, 270; so,

    pro animi mei voluntate,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 20, 8 (v. Manut. ad h.l.):

    teneo, quid animi vostri super hac re siet,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 58; 1, 1, 187:

    Nam si semel tuom animum ille intellexerit, Prius proditurum te etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 69:

    Prius quam tuom ut sese habeat animum ad nuptias perspexerit,

    id. And. 2, 3, 4:

    Sin aliter animus voster est, ego etc.,

    id. Ad. 3, 4, 46:

    Quid mi istaec narras? an quia non audisti, de hac re animus meus ut sit?

    id. Hec. 5, 2, 19:

    qui ab auro gazaque regia manus, oculos, animum cohibere possit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 66:

    istum exheredare in animo habebat,

    id. Rosc. Am. 18, 52: nobis crat in animo Ciceronem ad Caesarem mittere, we had it in mind to send, etc., id. Fam. 14, 11; Serv. ad Cic. ib. 4, 12:

    hostes in foro constiterunt, hoc animo, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 28:

    insurrexerunt uno animo in Paulum,

    with one mind, Vulg. Act. 18, 12; 19, 29: persequi Jugurtham animus ardebat, Sall. J. 39, 5 Gerlach (others, animo, as Dietsch); so id. de Rep. Ord. 1, 8: in nova fert an mus mutatas dicere formas, my mind inclines to tell of, etc., Ov. M. 1, 1.—Hence, est animus alicui, with inf., to have a mind for something, to aim at, etc.:

    omnibus unum Opprimere est animus,

    Ov. M. 5, 150:

    Sacra Jovi Stygio perficere est animus,

    Verg. A. 4, 639:

    Fuerat animus conjuratis corpus occisi in Tiberim trahere,

    Suet. Caes. 82 fin.; id. Oth. 6; cf. id. Calig. 56.—So, aliquid alicui in animo est, with inf., Tac. G. 3.—So, inducere in animum or animum, to resolve upon doing something; v. induco.—
    D.
    Trop., of the principle of life and activity in irrational objects, as in Engl. the word mind is used.
    1.
    Of brutes:

    in bestiis, quarum animi sunt rationis expertes,

    whose minds, Cic. Tusc. 1, 33, 80:

    Sunt bestiae, in quibus etiam animorum aliqua ex parte motus quosdam videmus,

    id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:

    ut non inscite illud dictum videatur in sue, animum illi pecudi datum pro sale, ne putisceret,

    id. ib. 5, 13, 38, ubi v. Madv.:

    (apes Ingentes animos angusto in pectore versant,

    Verg. G. 4, 83:

    Illiusque animos, qui multos perdidit unus, Sumite serpentis,

    Ov. M. 3, 544:

    cum pecudes pro regionis caelique statu et habitum corporis et ingenium animi et pili colorem gerant,

    Col. 6, 1, 1:

    Umbria (boves progenerat) vastos nec minus probabiles animis quam corporibus,

    id. 6, 1, 2 si equum ipsum nudum et solum corpus ejus et animum contemplamur, App. de Deo Socr. 23 (so sometimes mens:

    iniquae mentis asellus,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 20).—
    2.
    Of plants:

    haec quoque Exuerint silvestrem animum, i. e. naturam, ingenium,

    their wild nature, Verg. G. 2, 51.—
    III.
    Transf. Of God or the gods, as we say, the Divine Mind, the Mind of God:

    certe et deum ipsum et divinum animum corpore liberatum cogitatione complecti possumus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 22, 51 (so mens, of God, id. ib. 1, 22, 66; id. Ac. 2, 41, 126):

    Tantaene animis caelestibus irae?

    Verg. A. 1, 11.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > animus

  • 27 B

    B, b, indecl. n., designates, in the Latin alphabet, the soft, labial sound as in English, unlike the Gr. beta (B, b), which approached the Engl. v in sound; v. Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 124 sqq. At the beginning of words it represents an original dv or gv, and elsewhere an original gv, p, v, or bh ( v); v. Corss. Ausspr. I. pp. 134, 161. It corresponds regularly with Gr. b, but freq. also with p, and, in the middle of words, with ph; cf. brevis, brachus; ab, apo; carbasus, karpasos; ambo, amphi, amphô; nubes, nephos, etc.; v. Roby, Gram. I. p. 26; Kühner, Gram. § 34, 6. In Latin, as in all kindred languages, it was used in forming words to express the cry of different animals, as balare, barrire, baubari, blacterare, boare, bombitare, bubere, bubulare; children beginning to talk called their drink bua; so, balbus denoted the stammering sound, bambalio the stuttering, blatire and blaterare the babbling, blaesus the lisping, blandus the caressing. At the beginning of words b is found with no consonants except l and r (for bdellium, instead of which Marc. Emp. also wrote bdella, is a foreign word); but in the middle of words it is connected with other liquid and feeble consonants. Before hard consonants b is found only in compounds with ob and sub, the only prepositions, besides ab, which end in a labial sound; and these freq. rejected the labial, even when they are separated by the insertion of s, as abspello and absporto pass into aspello and asporto; or the place of the labial is supplied by u, as in aufero and aufugio (cf. ab init. and au); before f and p it is assimilated, as suffero, suppono; before m assimilated or not, as summergo or submergo; before c sometimes assimilated, as succedo, succingo, sometimes taking the form sus (as if from subs; cf. abs), as suscenseo; and sometimes su before s followed by a consonant, as suspicor. When b belonged to the root of a word it seems to have been retained, as plebs from plebis, urbs from urbis, etc.; so in Arabs, chalybs ( = Araps, chalups), the Gr. ps was represented by bs; as also in absis, absinthi-um, etc. But in scripsi from scribo, nupsi from nubo, etc., b was changed to p, though some grammarians still wrote bs in these words; cf. Prisc. pp. 556, 557 P.; Vel. Long. pp. 2224, 2261 ib. Of the liquids, l and r stand either before or after b, but m only before it, with the exception of abmatertera, parallel with the equally anomalous abpatruus (cf. ab init. and fin.), and n only after it; hence con and in before b always become com and im; as inversely b before n is sometimes changed to m, as Samnium for Sabinium and scamnum for scabnum, whence the dim. scabellum. B is so readily joined with u that not only acubus, arcubus, etc., were written for acibus, arcibus, etc., but also contubernium was formed from taberna, and bubile was used for bovile, as also in dubius ( = doios, duo) a b was inserted. B could be doubled, as appears not only from the foreign words abbas and sabbatum, but also from obba and gibba, and the compounds with ob and sub. B is reduplicated in bibo (cf the Gr. piô), as the shortness of the first syllable in the preterit bĭbi, compared with dēdi and stĕti or sti/ti, shows; although later bibo was treated as a primitive, and the supine bibitum formed from it. Sometimes before b an m was inserted, e. g. in cumbo for cubo kuptô, lambo for laptô, nimbus for nephos; inversely, also, it was rejected in sabucus for sambucus and labdacismus for lambdacismus. As in the middle, so at the beginning of words, b might take the place of another labial, e. g. buxis for pyxis, balaena for phalaina, carbatina for carpatina, publicus from poplicus, ambo for amphô; as even Enn. wrote Burrus and Bruges for Pyrrhus and Phryges; Naev., Balantium for Palatium (v. the latter words, and cf. Fest. p. 26).—In a later age, but not often before A.D. 300, intercourse with the Greeks caused the pronunciation of the b and v to be so similar that Adamantius Martyrius in Cassiod. pp. 2295-2310 P., drew up a separate catalogue of words which might be written with either b or v. So, Petronius has berbex for verbex, and in inscrr., but not often before A. D. 300, such errors as bixit for vixit, abe for ave, ababus for abavus, etc. (as inversely vene, devitum, acervus, vasis instead of bene, debitum, acerbus, basis), are found; Flabio, Jubentius, for Flavio, Juventius, are rare cases from the second century after Christ.—The interchange between labials, palatals, and linguals (as glans for balanos, bilis for fel or cholê) is rare at the beginning of words, but more freq. in the middle; cf. tabeo, têkô, and Sanscr. tak, terebra and teretron, uber and outhar; besides which the change of tribus Sucusana into Suburana (Varr. L. L. 5, § 48 Müll.; Quint. 1, 7, 29) deserves consideration. This interchange is most freq. in terminations used in forming words, as ber, cer, ter; brum or bulum, crum or culum, trum, bundus and cundus; bilis and tilis, etc.—Finally, the interchange of b with du at the beginning of words deserves special mention, as duonus for bonus, Bellona for Duellona, bellum for duellum, bellicus for duellicus, etc., and bis from duis.—As an abbreviation, B usually designates bonus or bene. Thus, B. D. = Bona Dea, Inscr. Orell. 1524; 2427; 2822:

    B. M. = bene merenti,

    ib. 99; 114; 506:

    B. M. P. = bene merenti posuit,

    ib. 255:

    B. D. S. M. = bene de se meritae,

    ib. 2437:

    B. V. V. = bene vale valeque,

    ib. 4816:

    B. M. = bonae memoriae,

    ib. 1136; 3385:

    B. M. = bonā mente,

    ib. 5033;

    sometimes it stands for beneficiarius, and BB. beneficiarii,

    ib. 3489; 3868; 3486 al.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > B

  • 28 b

    B, b, indecl. n., designates, in the Latin alphabet, the soft, labial sound as in English, unlike the Gr. beta (B, b), which approached the Engl. v in sound; v. Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 124 sqq. At the beginning of words it represents an original dv or gv, and elsewhere an original gv, p, v, or bh ( v); v. Corss. Ausspr. I. pp. 134, 161. It corresponds regularly with Gr. b, but freq. also with p, and, in the middle of words, with ph; cf. brevis, brachus; ab, apo; carbasus, karpasos; ambo, amphi, amphô; nubes, nephos, etc.; v. Roby, Gram. I. p. 26; Kühner, Gram. § 34, 6. In Latin, as in all kindred languages, it was used in forming words to express the cry of different animals, as balare, barrire, baubari, blacterare, boare, bombitare, bubere, bubulare; children beginning to talk called their drink bua; so, balbus denoted the stammering sound, bambalio the stuttering, blatire and blaterare the babbling, blaesus the lisping, blandus the caressing. At the beginning of words b is found with no consonants except l and r (for bdellium, instead of which Marc. Emp. also wrote bdella, is a foreign word); but in the middle of words it is connected with other liquid and feeble consonants. Before hard consonants b is found only in compounds with ob and sub, the only prepositions, besides ab, which end in a labial sound; and these freq. rejected the labial, even when they are separated by the insertion of s, as abspello and absporto pass into aspello and asporto; or the place of the labial is supplied by u, as in aufero and aufugio (cf. ab init. and au); before f and p it is assimilated, as suffero, suppono; before m assimilated or not, as summergo or submergo; before c sometimes assimilated, as succedo, succingo, sometimes taking the form sus (as if from subs; cf. abs), as suscenseo; and sometimes su before s followed by a consonant, as suspicor. When b belonged to the root of a word it seems to have been retained, as plebs from plebis, urbs from urbis, etc.; so in Arabs, chalybs ( = Araps, chalups), the Gr. ps was represented by bs; as also in absis, absinthi-um, etc. But in scripsi from scribo, nupsi from nubo, etc., b was changed to p, though some grammarians still wrote bs in these words; cf. Prisc. pp. 556, 557 P.; Vel. Long. pp. 2224, 2261 ib. Of the liquids, l and r stand either before or after b, but m only before it, with the exception of abmatertera, parallel with the equally anomalous abpatruus (cf. ab init. and fin.), and n only after it; hence con and in before b always become com and im; as inversely b before n is sometimes changed to m, as Samnium for Sabinium and scamnum for scabnum, whence the dim. scabellum. B is so readily joined with u that not only acubus, arcubus, etc., were written for acibus, arcibus, etc., but also contubernium was formed from taberna, and bubile was used for bovile, as also in dubius ( = doios, duo) a b was inserted. B could be doubled, as appears not only from the foreign words abbas and sabbatum, but also from obba and gibba, and the compounds with ob and sub. B is reduplicated in bibo (cf the Gr. piô), as the shortness of the first syllable in the preterit bĭbi, compared with dēdi and stĕti or sti/ti, shows; although later bibo was treated as a primitive, and the supine bibitum formed from it. Sometimes before b an m was inserted, e. g. in cumbo for cubo kuptô, lambo for laptô, nimbus for nephos; inversely, also, it was rejected in sabucus for sambucus and labdacismus for lambdacismus. As in the middle, so at the beginning of words, b might take the place of another labial, e. g. buxis for pyxis, balaena for phalaina, carbatina for carpatina, publicus from poplicus, ambo for amphô; as even Enn. wrote Burrus and Bruges for Pyrrhus and Phryges; Naev., Balantium for Palatium (v. the latter words, and cf. Fest. p. 26).—In a later age, but not often before A.D. 300, intercourse with the Greeks caused the pronunciation of the b and v to be so similar that Adamantius Martyrius in Cassiod. pp. 2295-2310 P., drew up a separate catalogue of words which might be written with either b or v. So, Petronius has berbex for verbex, and in inscrr., but not often before A. D. 300, such errors as bixit for vixit, abe for ave, ababus for abavus, etc. (as inversely vene, devitum, acervus, vasis instead of bene, debitum, acerbus, basis), are found; Flabio, Jubentius, for Flavio, Juventius, are rare cases from the second century after Christ.—The interchange between labials, palatals, and linguals (as glans for balanos, bilis for fel or cholê) is rare at the beginning of words, but more freq. in the middle; cf. tabeo, têkô, and Sanscr. tak, terebra and teretron, uber and outhar; besides which the change of tribus Sucusana into Suburana (Varr. L. L. 5, § 48 Müll.; Quint. 1, 7, 29) deserves consideration. This interchange is most freq. in terminations used in forming words, as ber, cer, ter; brum or bulum, crum or culum, trum, bundus and cundus; bilis and tilis, etc.—Finally, the interchange of b with du at the beginning of words deserves special mention, as duonus for bonus, Bellona for Duellona, bellum for duellum, bellicus for duellicus, etc., and bis from duis.—As an abbreviation, B usually designates bonus or bene. Thus, B. D. = Bona Dea, Inscr. Orell. 1524; 2427; 2822:

    B. M. = bene merenti,

    ib. 99; 114; 506:

    B. M. P. = bene merenti posuit,

    ib. 255:

    B. D. S. M. = bene de se meritae,

    ib. 2437:

    B. V. V. = bene vale valeque,

    ib. 4816:

    B. M. = bonae memoriae,

    ib. 1136; 3385:

    B. M. = bonā mente,

    ib. 5033;

    sometimes it stands for beneficiarius, and BB. beneficiarii,

    ib. 3489; 3868; 3486 al.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > b

  • 29 alter

    alter, tĕra, tĕrum, adj. (the measure of the gen. sing. āltĕrĭŭs as paeon primus is supported in good Latin only by examples from dactylic verse (but see alterĭus in trochaic measure, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 56), in which īpsĭŭs, īllĭŭs, īstĭŭs, ūnĭŭs, etc., are used as dactyls; on the contr., the regular measure āltĕrīŭs, as ditrochaeus, is sufficiently confirmed by the foll. verses of Enn., Ter., and Ter. Maur.: mox cum alterīus abligurias bona, Enn. ap. Donat. ad Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 25 (Sat. 29 Vahl.):

    alterīus sua comparent commoda? ah!

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 4:

    nec alter[imacracute]us indigéns opís veni,

    Ter. Maur. p. 2432 P.;

    and sescupló vel una víncet alter[imacracute]us singulum,

    id. ib. p. 2412 ib.; Prisc. p. 695 ib.; alterius is also commonly used as the gen. of alius, as alīus is little used (v. h. v. fin.).— Dat. sing. f.:

    alterae,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 45; Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 30; Caes. B. G. 5, 27; Nep. Eum. 1, 6; Col. 5, 11, 10) [a comp. form of al-ius; cf. Sanscr. antara = alius; Goth. anthar; Lith. antras = secundus; Germ. ander; Gr. heteros; Engl. either, other; also Sanscr. itara = alius], the other of two, one of two, the other, ho heteros.
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.:

    nam huic alterae patria quae sit, profecto nescio,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 45:

    necesse est enim sit alterum de duobus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 41, 97:

    altera ex duabus legionibus,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20: mihi cum viris ambobus est amicitia;

    cum altero vero magnus usus,

    Cic. Clu. 42, 117:

    alter consulum,

    Liv. 40, 59:

    alter ex censoribus,

    id. 40, 52:

    in alterā parte fluminis legatum reliquit,

    on the other side, Caes. B. G. 2, 5; id. B. C. 3, 54:

    si quis te percusserit in dexteram maxillam tuam, praebe illi et alteram,

    Vulg. Matt. 5, 39; 28, 1.—Hence: alter ambove, one or both; commonly in the abbreviation:

    A. A. S. E. V. = alter ambove si eis videretur: utique C. Pansa, A. Hirtius consules alter ambove S. E. V. rationem agri habeant,

    Cic. Phil. 5 fin. Wernsd.; cf. id. ib. 8, 11; 9, 7 fin.; 14, 14 fin.; cf.

    Brison. Form. pp. 218 and 219: absente consulum altero ambobusve,

    Liv. 30, 23: ambo alterve, S. C. ap. Front. Aquaed. 100 fin.
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    a.. In distributive clauses: alter... alter, the one... the other (cf. alius, II. A.): ho heteros... ho heteros:

    Si duobus praefurniis coques, lacunā nihil opus erit. Cum cinere eruto opus erit, altero praefurnio eruito, in altero ignis erit,

    Cato, R. R. 38, 9:

    alteram ille amat sororem, ego alteram,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 68; id. Am. 1, 2, 19; 1, 2, 20; Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 50:

    quorum alter exercitum perdidit, alter vendidit,

    Cic. Planc. 35; so id. Rosc. Am. 6, 16: namque alterā ex parte Bellovaci instabant;

    alteram Camulogenus tenebat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 59 Herz.:

    conjunxit alteram (cortinam) alteri,

    Vulg. Exod. 36, 10; 36, 22; ib. Joan. 13, 14; ib. Rom. 12, 5.—
    b.
    In same sense, unus... alter, one... the other, as in later Gr. heis men... heteros de: vitis insitio una est per ver, altera est cum uva floret;

    ea optima est,

    Cato, R. R. 41, 1: Phorm. Una injuria est tecum. Chrem. Lege agito ergo. Phorm. Altera est tecum, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90: uni epistolae respondi;

    venio ad alteram,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 17, 6:

    nomen uni Ada, et nomen alteri Sella,

    Vulg. Gen. 4, 19; ib. Matt. 6, 24:

    Erant duae factiones, quarum una populi causam agebat, altera optimatium,

    Nep. Phoc. 3, 1; Liv. 31, 21:

    consules coepere duo creari, ut si unus malus esse voluisset, alter eum coërceret,

    Eutr. 1, 8:

    Duo homines ascenderunt in templum, unus pharisaeus et alter publicanus,

    Vulg. Luc. 18, 10 al. —
    c.
    Sometimes a subst., or hic, ille, etc., stands in the place of the second alter:

    Epaminondas... Leonidas: quorum alter, etc... Leonidas autem, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97; so Vell. 2, 71, 3:

    alter gladiator habetur, hic autem, etc.,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 6, 17:

    quorum alteri Capitoni cognomen est, iste, qui adest, magnus vocatur,

    id. ib.:

    alterum corporis aegritudo, illum, etc.,

    Flor. 4, 7.—Sometimes
    (α).
    one alter is entirely omitted (cf. alius, II. A.; heteros, L. and S. I. 2.):

    duae turmae haesere: altera metu dedita hosti, pertinacior (sc. altera), etc.,

    Liv. 29, 33:

    hujus lateris alter angulus ad orientem solem, inferior ad meridiem spectat,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 13; or
    (β).
    the form changed:

    dialecticam adjungunt et physicam, alteram quod habeat rationem.... Physicae quoque etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 21, 72, and 3, 22, 73. —Sometimes a further distributive word is added:

    alter adulescens decessit, alter senex, aliquis praeter hos infans,

    Sen. Ep. 66, 39:

    alter in vincula ducitur, alter insperatae praeficitur potestati, alius etc.,

    Amm. 14, 11.—
    d.
    In plur.: nec ad vivos pertineat, nec ad mortuos;

    alteri nulli sunt, alteros non attinget,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 91:

    alteri dimicant, alteri victorem timent,

    id. Fam. 6, 3: binas a te accepi litteras; quarum alteris mihi gratulabare... alteris dicebas etc., in one of which,... in the other, id. ib. 4, 14:

    quorum alteri adjuvabant, alteri etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 17: duplices similitudines, unae rerum, alterae verborum, Auct. ad Her. 3, 20. —
    e.
    The second alter in a different case:

    alter alterius ova frangit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 49:

    uterque numerus plenus, alter alterā de causā habetur,

    Macr. Somn. Scip. 2:

    qui noxii ambo, alter in alterum causam conferant,

    Liv. 5, 11:

    alteri alteros aliquantum attriverant,

    Sall. J. 79, 4; so id. ib. 42, 4;

    53, 7 al. —Also with alteruter: ne alteruter alterum praeoccuparet,

    Nep. Dion. 4, 1.—With unus:

    quom inter nos sorderemus unus alteri,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 30:

    dicunt unus ad alterum,

    Vulg. Ez. 33, 30:

    ne unus adversus alterum infletur pro alio,

    ib. 1 Cor. 4, 6.—With uterque:

    uterque suo studio delectatus contempsit alterum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 1, 4:

    utrique alteris freti finitimos sub imperium suum coëgere,

    Sall. J. 18, 12.—With nemo, nullus, neuter:

    ut nemo sit alteri similis,

    Quint. 2, 9, 2:

    cum tot saeculis nulla referta sit causa, quae esset tota alteri similis,

    id. 7, prooem. 4:

    neutrum eorum contra alterum juvare,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 1, 3:

    ut neutra alteri officiat,

    Quint. 1, 1, 3.—After two substt., the first alter generally refers to the first subst., and the second to the second:

    Philippum rebus gestis superatum a filio, facilitate video superiorem fuisse. Itaque alter semper magnus, alter saepe turpissimus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf. Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 21; Brem. ad Suet. Claud. 20.—Sometimes the order is reversed: contra nos (summa gratia et eloquentia) raciunt in hoc tempore;

    quarum alteram (i. e. eloquentiam) vereor, alteram (i. e. gratiam) metuo,

    Cic. Quinct. 1; so id. Off. 3, 18; 1, 12; cf. Spald. ad Quint. 9, 2, 6.—
    2.
    As a numeral = secundus, the second, the next, o heteros:

    primo die, alter dies, tertius dies, deinde reliquis diebus etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 7:

    proximo, altero, tertio, reliquis consecutis diebus non intermittebas etc.,

    id. Phil. 1, 13 Wernsd.:

    quadriennio post alterum consulatum,

    id. Sen. 9:

    die altero,

    Vulg. Jos. 10, 32: alteris Te mensis adhibet deum, i. e. at the dessert (= mensā secundā), Hor. C. 4, 5, 31.—So, alterā die, the next day, têi allêi hêmerai, têi heterai:

    se alterā die ad conloquium venturum,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 19; Vulg. Gen. 19, 34; ib. Matt. 27, 62:

    die altero,

    ib. Num. 11, 32; ib. Jos. 5, 11 al.—So in comparative sense:

    alterā die quam a Brindisio solvit, in Macedoniam trajecit,

    Liv. 31, 14; Suet. Vit. 3:

    intermittere diem alterum quemque oportet,

    every other day, Cels. 3, 23; 3, 13; 4, 12:

    Olea non continuis annis, sed fere altero quoque fructum adfert,

    Col. R. R. 5, 8.—With prepp.:

    qui (Ptolemaeus) tum regnabat alter post Alexandream conditam,

    next after, Cic. Off. 2, 23, 82; so, fortunate puer, tu nunc eris alter ab illo, the second or next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49:

    alter ab undecimo jam tum me ceperat annus,

    id. ib. 8, 39.—Hence,
    b.
    Also with tens, hundreds, etc.:

    accepi tuas litteras, quas mihi Cornificius altero vicesimo die reddidit,

    on the twenty-second day, Cic. Fam. 12, 25 Manut.:

    anno trecentesimo altero quam condita Roma erat,

    in the three hundred and second year, Liv. 3, 33:

    vicesima et altera laedit,

    Manil. 4, 466.—
    c.
    So of a number collectively:

    remissarios pedum XII., alteros pedum X.,

    a second ten, Cato, R. R. 19, 2:

    ad Brutum hos libros alteros quinque mittemus,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 41, 121:

    basia mille, deinde centum, dein mille altera, dein secunda centum,

    Cat. 5, 7.—So with the numeral understood: aurea mala decem misi;

    cras altera (sc. decem) mittam,

    a second ten, Verg. E. 3, 71.—Hence,
    d.
    Unus et alter, unus atque alter, unus alterque, the one and the other.
    (α).
    For two (as in Gr. heis kai heteros):

    unus et alter dies intercesserat,

    Cic. Clu. 26:

    adductus sum tuis unis et alteris litteris,

    id. Att. 14, 18:

    et sub eā versus unus et alter erunt,

    Ov. H. 15, 182; so Suet. Tib. 63; id. Calig. 56; id. Claud. 12 (cf. id. Gram. 24: unum vel alterum, vel, cum plurimos, tres aut quattuor admittere).—
    (β).
    More freq. of an indef. number, one and another; and: unusalterve, one or two:

    Unus et item alter,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 50:

    mora si quem tibi item unum alterumve diem abstulerit,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 9; so id. Clu. 13, 38; 13, 26:

    versus paulo concinnior unus et alter,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 74; so id. S. 1, 6, 102; 2, 5, 24; id. A. P. 15:

    ex illis unus et alter ait,

    Ov. F. 2, 394; id. Am. 2, 5, 22; Petr. 108; Plin. Pan. 45 Schwarz; cf. id. ib. 52, 2; Suet. Caes. 20; id. Galb. 14 al.:

    paucis loricae, vix uni alterive cassis aut galea,

    Tac. G. 6.—
    e.
    Alterum tantum, as much more or again, twice as much (cf. Gr. heteron tosouton or hetera tosauta):

    etiamsi alterum tantum perdundum est, perdam potius quam sinam, etc.,

    Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 81; so id. Bacch. 5, 2, 65:

    altero tanto aut sesqui major,

    Cic. Or. 56, 188:

    altero tanto longior,

    Nep. Eum. 8, 5; so Dig. 28, 2, 13:

    numero tantum alterum adjecit,

    Liv. 1, 36; so id. 10, 46; Auct. B. Hisp. 30; Dig. 49, 14, 3 al.—
    f.
    Alteri totidem, as many more:

    de alteris totidem scribere incipiamus,

    Varr. L. L. 8, 24 Müll. —
    g.
    To mark the similarity of one object to another in qualities, etc., a second, another (as in English, a second father, my second self, and the like). So,
    (α).
    With a proper name, used as an appellative (cf. alius, II. G.):

    Verres, alter Orcus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 50:

    alterum se Verrem putabat,

    id. ib. 5, 33 fin.:

    Hamilcar, Mars alter,

    Liv. 21, 10.—
    (β).
    With a com. noun:

    me sicut alterum parentem observat,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 8:

    altera patria,

    Flor. 2, 6, 42 al. —
    (γ).
    Alter ego, a second self, of very intimate friends (in the class. per. perh. only in Cic. Ep.; cf. ho hetairos, heteros egô, Clem. Al. 450):

    vide quam mihi persuaserim te me esse alterum,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 5:

    me alterum se fore dixit,

    id. Att. 4, 1:

    quoniam alterum me reliquissem,

    id. Fam. 2, 15; Aus. praef. 2, 15.—
    (δ).
    Alter idem, a second self, like heteroi hautoi, Arist. Eth. M. 8, 12, 3 (on account of the singularity of the expression, introduced by tamquam):

    amicus est tamquam alter idem,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 82.—
    3.
    The one of two, either of two, without a more precise designation, for alteruter:

    non uterque sed alter,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 43, 132:

    fortasse utrumque, alterum certe,

    id. Att. 11, 18:

    melius peribimus quam sine alteris vestrūm vivemus,

    Liv. 1, 13:

    nec rogarem, ut mea de vobis altera amica foret,

    Ov. A. A. 3, 520:

    ex duobus, quorum alterum petis, etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 7, 3:

    ex duobus (quorum necesse est alterum verum), etc.,

    Quint. 5, 10, 69:

    ac si necesse est in alteram errare partem, maluerim etc.,

    id. 10, 1, 26; 1, 4, 24; 9, 3, 6 al.—Once also with a negative, neither of two: hos, tamquam medios, [p. 98] nec in alterius favorem inclinatos, miserat rex, Liv. 40, 20, 4.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    Another of a class = alius (as opp. to one's self, to another); subst., another, a neighbor, a fellow-creature, ho pelas (so sometimes heteros, Xen. Cyr. 2, 3, 17); cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 90 and 458 (alter designates the similarity of two objects; alius a difference in the objects contrasted): SI. INIVRIAM. FAXIT. ALTERI., Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1:

    qui alterum incusat probri, eum ipsum se intueri oportet,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 58; id. Am. prol. 84: mox dum alterius abligurias bona, quid censes dominis esse animi? Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 25:

    ut malis gaudeant atque ex incommodis Alterius sua ut comparent commoda,

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 3: qui alteris exitium paret, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 17, 39:

    qui nihil alterius causā facit et metitur suis commodis omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 14:

    ut aeque quisque altero delectetur ac se ipso,

    id. Off. 1, 17, 56; 1, 2, 4:

    scientem in errorem alterum inducere,

    id. ib. 3, 13, 55 et saep.:

    cave ne portus occupet alter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 32 Schmid.:

    nil obstet tibi, dum ne sit te ditior alter,

    id. S. 1, 1, 40; 1, 5, 33:

    canis parturiens cum rogāsset alteram, ut etc.,

    Phaedr. 1, 19:

    nec patientem sessoris alterius (equum) primus ascendit,

    Suet. Caes. 61; id. Tib. 58:

    in quo judicas alterum, te ipsum condemnas,

    Vulg. Rom. 2, 1:

    nemo quod suum est quaerat, sed quod alterius,

    ib. 1 Cor. 10, 24;

    14, 17: sic in semet ipso tantum gloriam habebit et non in altero,

    ib. Gal. 6, 4 al. —Hence, alter with a neg., or neg. question and comp., as an emphatic expression (mostly ante-class.; cf.

    alius, II. H.): scelestiorem nullum illuxere alterum,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 22:

    scelestiorem in terrā nullam esse alteram,

    id. Cist. 4, 1, 8:

    qui me alter audacior est homo?

    id. Am. 1, 1, 1; id. Ep. 1, 1, 24.—
    B.
    The other, the opposite:

    alterius factionis principes,

    the leaders of the opposite party, Nep. Pelop. 1, 4 (cf. id. ib. 1, 2:

    adversariae factioni): studiosiorem partis alterius,

    Suet. Tib. 11. —
    C.
    In gen., different:

    quotiens te speculo videris alterum,

    Hor. C. 4, 10, 6: abeuntes post carnem alteram (Gr. heteros, q. v. L. and S. III.), Vulg. Jud. 7.—
    D.
    In the lang. of augury, euphem. for infaustus, unfavorable, unpropitious, Fest. p. 6 (v. L. and S. Gr. Lex. s. v. heteros, III. 2.).
    The gen.
    alterius commonly serves as gen. of alius instead of alīus, Cic. Fam. 15, 1, 1; id. Att. 1, 5, 1; 1, 20, 2; Caes. B. G. 1, 36, 1; Sall. C. 52, 8; Liv. 21, 13, 3; 22, 14, 4; 26, 8, 2; 28, 37, 6 al.; Col. 8, 17, 2; 11, 2, 87; 12, 22, 2; Sen. Ep. 72, 10; 102, 3; id. Ben. 4, 3, 1; id. Ot. Sap. 4, 1; id. Brev. Vit. 16, 2; id. Q. N. 2, 34, 1 al.; Quint. 7, 9, 8; 8, 3, 73 al.; Tac. A. 15, 25; id. H. 2, 90; Plin. Ep. 10, 114, 2; Suet. Caes. 61; id. Tib. 58 al.; Gell. 2, 28 al.—It also stands as correlative to alius:

    alius inter cenandum solutus est, alterius continuata mors somno est,

    Sen. Ep. 66, 39:

    cum inventum sit ex veris (gemmis) generis alterius in aliud falsas traducere,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 197; Plin. Pan. 2, 6 (Neue, Formenl. II. p. 216).
    altĕras, adv.
    [alter], for alias, acc. to Paul. ex. Fest. p. 27 Müll.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > alter

  • 30 alteras

    alter, tĕra, tĕrum, adj. (the measure of the gen. sing. āltĕrĭŭs as paeon primus is supported in good Latin only by examples from dactylic verse (but see alterĭus in trochaic measure, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 56), in which īpsĭŭs, īllĭŭs, īstĭŭs, ūnĭŭs, etc., are used as dactyls; on the contr., the regular measure āltĕrīŭs, as ditrochaeus, is sufficiently confirmed by the foll. verses of Enn., Ter., and Ter. Maur.: mox cum alterīus abligurias bona, Enn. ap. Donat. ad Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 25 (Sat. 29 Vahl.):

    alterīus sua comparent commoda? ah!

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 4:

    nec alter[imacracute]us indigéns opís veni,

    Ter. Maur. p. 2432 P.;

    and sescupló vel una víncet alter[imacracute]us singulum,

    id. ib. p. 2412 ib.; Prisc. p. 695 ib.; alterius is also commonly used as the gen. of alius, as alīus is little used (v. h. v. fin.).— Dat. sing. f.:

    alterae,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 45; Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 30; Caes. B. G. 5, 27; Nep. Eum. 1, 6; Col. 5, 11, 10) [a comp. form of al-ius; cf. Sanscr. antara = alius; Goth. anthar; Lith. antras = secundus; Germ. ander; Gr. heteros; Engl. either, other; also Sanscr. itara = alius], the other of two, one of two, the other, ho heteros.
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.:

    nam huic alterae patria quae sit, profecto nescio,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 45:

    necesse est enim sit alterum de duobus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 41, 97:

    altera ex duabus legionibus,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20: mihi cum viris ambobus est amicitia;

    cum altero vero magnus usus,

    Cic. Clu. 42, 117:

    alter consulum,

    Liv. 40, 59:

    alter ex censoribus,

    id. 40, 52:

    in alterā parte fluminis legatum reliquit,

    on the other side, Caes. B. G. 2, 5; id. B. C. 3, 54:

    si quis te percusserit in dexteram maxillam tuam, praebe illi et alteram,

    Vulg. Matt. 5, 39; 28, 1.—Hence: alter ambove, one or both; commonly in the abbreviation:

    A. A. S. E. V. = alter ambove si eis videretur: utique C. Pansa, A. Hirtius consules alter ambove S. E. V. rationem agri habeant,

    Cic. Phil. 5 fin. Wernsd.; cf. id. ib. 8, 11; 9, 7 fin.; 14, 14 fin.; cf.

    Brison. Form. pp. 218 and 219: absente consulum altero ambobusve,

    Liv. 30, 23: ambo alterve, S. C. ap. Front. Aquaed. 100 fin.
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    a.. In distributive clauses: alter... alter, the one... the other (cf. alius, II. A.): ho heteros... ho heteros:

    Si duobus praefurniis coques, lacunā nihil opus erit. Cum cinere eruto opus erit, altero praefurnio eruito, in altero ignis erit,

    Cato, R. R. 38, 9:

    alteram ille amat sororem, ego alteram,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 68; id. Am. 1, 2, 19; 1, 2, 20; Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 50:

    quorum alter exercitum perdidit, alter vendidit,

    Cic. Planc. 35; so id. Rosc. Am. 6, 16: namque alterā ex parte Bellovaci instabant;

    alteram Camulogenus tenebat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 59 Herz.:

    conjunxit alteram (cortinam) alteri,

    Vulg. Exod. 36, 10; 36, 22; ib. Joan. 13, 14; ib. Rom. 12, 5.—
    b.
    In same sense, unus... alter, one... the other, as in later Gr. heis men... heteros de: vitis insitio una est per ver, altera est cum uva floret;

    ea optima est,

    Cato, R. R. 41, 1: Phorm. Una injuria est tecum. Chrem. Lege agito ergo. Phorm. Altera est tecum, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90: uni epistolae respondi;

    venio ad alteram,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 17, 6:

    nomen uni Ada, et nomen alteri Sella,

    Vulg. Gen. 4, 19; ib. Matt. 6, 24:

    Erant duae factiones, quarum una populi causam agebat, altera optimatium,

    Nep. Phoc. 3, 1; Liv. 31, 21:

    consules coepere duo creari, ut si unus malus esse voluisset, alter eum coërceret,

    Eutr. 1, 8:

    Duo homines ascenderunt in templum, unus pharisaeus et alter publicanus,

    Vulg. Luc. 18, 10 al. —
    c.
    Sometimes a subst., or hic, ille, etc., stands in the place of the second alter:

    Epaminondas... Leonidas: quorum alter, etc... Leonidas autem, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97; so Vell. 2, 71, 3:

    alter gladiator habetur, hic autem, etc.,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 6, 17:

    quorum alteri Capitoni cognomen est, iste, qui adest, magnus vocatur,

    id. ib.:

    alterum corporis aegritudo, illum, etc.,

    Flor. 4, 7.—Sometimes
    (α).
    one alter is entirely omitted (cf. alius, II. A.; heteros, L. and S. I. 2.):

    duae turmae haesere: altera metu dedita hosti, pertinacior (sc. altera), etc.,

    Liv. 29, 33:

    hujus lateris alter angulus ad orientem solem, inferior ad meridiem spectat,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 13; or
    (β).
    the form changed:

    dialecticam adjungunt et physicam, alteram quod habeat rationem.... Physicae quoque etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 21, 72, and 3, 22, 73. —Sometimes a further distributive word is added:

    alter adulescens decessit, alter senex, aliquis praeter hos infans,

    Sen. Ep. 66, 39:

    alter in vincula ducitur, alter insperatae praeficitur potestati, alius etc.,

    Amm. 14, 11.—
    d.
    In plur.: nec ad vivos pertineat, nec ad mortuos;

    alteri nulli sunt, alteros non attinget,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 91:

    alteri dimicant, alteri victorem timent,

    id. Fam. 6, 3: binas a te accepi litteras; quarum alteris mihi gratulabare... alteris dicebas etc., in one of which,... in the other, id. ib. 4, 14:

    quorum alteri adjuvabant, alteri etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 17: duplices similitudines, unae rerum, alterae verborum, Auct. ad Her. 3, 20. —
    e.
    The second alter in a different case:

    alter alterius ova frangit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 49:

    uterque numerus plenus, alter alterā de causā habetur,

    Macr. Somn. Scip. 2:

    qui noxii ambo, alter in alterum causam conferant,

    Liv. 5, 11:

    alteri alteros aliquantum attriverant,

    Sall. J. 79, 4; so id. ib. 42, 4;

    53, 7 al. —Also with alteruter: ne alteruter alterum praeoccuparet,

    Nep. Dion. 4, 1.—With unus:

    quom inter nos sorderemus unus alteri,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 30:

    dicunt unus ad alterum,

    Vulg. Ez. 33, 30:

    ne unus adversus alterum infletur pro alio,

    ib. 1 Cor. 4, 6.—With uterque:

    uterque suo studio delectatus contempsit alterum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 1, 4:

    utrique alteris freti finitimos sub imperium suum coëgere,

    Sall. J. 18, 12.—With nemo, nullus, neuter:

    ut nemo sit alteri similis,

    Quint. 2, 9, 2:

    cum tot saeculis nulla referta sit causa, quae esset tota alteri similis,

    id. 7, prooem. 4:

    neutrum eorum contra alterum juvare,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 1, 3:

    ut neutra alteri officiat,

    Quint. 1, 1, 3.—After two substt., the first alter generally refers to the first subst., and the second to the second:

    Philippum rebus gestis superatum a filio, facilitate video superiorem fuisse. Itaque alter semper magnus, alter saepe turpissimus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf. Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 21; Brem. ad Suet. Claud. 20.—Sometimes the order is reversed: contra nos (summa gratia et eloquentia) raciunt in hoc tempore;

    quarum alteram (i. e. eloquentiam) vereor, alteram (i. e. gratiam) metuo,

    Cic. Quinct. 1; so id. Off. 3, 18; 1, 12; cf. Spald. ad Quint. 9, 2, 6.—
    2.
    As a numeral = secundus, the second, the next, o heteros:

    primo die, alter dies, tertius dies, deinde reliquis diebus etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 7:

    proximo, altero, tertio, reliquis consecutis diebus non intermittebas etc.,

    id. Phil. 1, 13 Wernsd.:

    quadriennio post alterum consulatum,

    id. Sen. 9:

    die altero,

    Vulg. Jos. 10, 32: alteris Te mensis adhibet deum, i. e. at the dessert (= mensā secundā), Hor. C. 4, 5, 31.—So, alterā die, the next day, têi allêi hêmerai, têi heterai:

    se alterā die ad conloquium venturum,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 19; Vulg. Gen. 19, 34; ib. Matt. 27, 62:

    die altero,

    ib. Num. 11, 32; ib. Jos. 5, 11 al.—So in comparative sense:

    alterā die quam a Brindisio solvit, in Macedoniam trajecit,

    Liv. 31, 14; Suet. Vit. 3:

    intermittere diem alterum quemque oportet,

    every other day, Cels. 3, 23; 3, 13; 4, 12:

    Olea non continuis annis, sed fere altero quoque fructum adfert,

    Col. R. R. 5, 8.—With prepp.:

    qui (Ptolemaeus) tum regnabat alter post Alexandream conditam,

    next after, Cic. Off. 2, 23, 82; so, fortunate puer, tu nunc eris alter ab illo, the second or next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49:

    alter ab undecimo jam tum me ceperat annus,

    id. ib. 8, 39.—Hence,
    b.
    Also with tens, hundreds, etc.:

    accepi tuas litteras, quas mihi Cornificius altero vicesimo die reddidit,

    on the twenty-second day, Cic. Fam. 12, 25 Manut.:

    anno trecentesimo altero quam condita Roma erat,

    in the three hundred and second year, Liv. 3, 33:

    vicesima et altera laedit,

    Manil. 4, 466.—
    c.
    So of a number collectively:

    remissarios pedum XII., alteros pedum X.,

    a second ten, Cato, R. R. 19, 2:

    ad Brutum hos libros alteros quinque mittemus,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 41, 121:

    basia mille, deinde centum, dein mille altera, dein secunda centum,

    Cat. 5, 7.—So with the numeral understood: aurea mala decem misi;

    cras altera (sc. decem) mittam,

    a second ten, Verg. E. 3, 71.—Hence,
    d.
    Unus et alter, unus atque alter, unus alterque, the one and the other.
    (α).
    For two (as in Gr. heis kai heteros):

    unus et alter dies intercesserat,

    Cic. Clu. 26:

    adductus sum tuis unis et alteris litteris,

    id. Att. 14, 18:

    et sub eā versus unus et alter erunt,

    Ov. H. 15, 182; so Suet. Tib. 63; id. Calig. 56; id. Claud. 12 (cf. id. Gram. 24: unum vel alterum, vel, cum plurimos, tres aut quattuor admittere).—
    (β).
    More freq. of an indef. number, one and another; and: unusalterve, one or two:

    Unus et item alter,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 50:

    mora si quem tibi item unum alterumve diem abstulerit,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 9; so id. Clu. 13, 38; 13, 26:

    versus paulo concinnior unus et alter,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 74; so id. S. 1, 6, 102; 2, 5, 24; id. A. P. 15:

    ex illis unus et alter ait,

    Ov. F. 2, 394; id. Am. 2, 5, 22; Petr. 108; Plin. Pan. 45 Schwarz; cf. id. ib. 52, 2; Suet. Caes. 20; id. Galb. 14 al.:

    paucis loricae, vix uni alterive cassis aut galea,

    Tac. G. 6.—
    e.
    Alterum tantum, as much more or again, twice as much (cf. Gr. heteron tosouton or hetera tosauta):

    etiamsi alterum tantum perdundum est, perdam potius quam sinam, etc.,

    Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 81; so id. Bacch. 5, 2, 65:

    altero tanto aut sesqui major,

    Cic. Or. 56, 188:

    altero tanto longior,

    Nep. Eum. 8, 5; so Dig. 28, 2, 13:

    numero tantum alterum adjecit,

    Liv. 1, 36; so id. 10, 46; Auct. B. Hisp. 30; Dig. 49, 14, 3 al.—
    f.
    Alteri totidem, as many more:

    de alteris totidem scribere incipiamus,

    Varr. L. L. 8, 24 Müll. —
    g.
    To mark the similarity of one object to another in qualities, etc., a second, another (as in English, a second father, my second self, and the like). So,
    (α).
    With a proper name, used as an appellative (cf. alius, II. G.):

    Verres, alter Orcus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 50:

    alterum se Verrem putabat,

    id. ib. 5, 33 fin.:

    Hamilcar, Mars alter,

    Liv. 21, 10.—
    (β).
    With a com. noun:

    me sicut alterum parentem observat,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 8:

    altera patria,

    Flor. 2, 6, 42 al. —
    (γ).
    Alter ego, a second self, of very intimate friends (in the class. per. perh. only in Cic. Ep.; cf. ho hetairos, heteros egô, Clem. Al. 450):

    vide quam mihi persuaserim te me esse alterum,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 5:

    me alterum se fore dixit,

    id. Att. 4, 1:

    quoniam alterum me reliquissem,

    id. Fam. 2, 15; Aus. praef. 2, 15.—
    (δ).
    Alter idem, a second self, like heteroi hautoi, Arist. Eth. M. 8, 12, 3 (on account of the singularity of the expression, introduced by tamquam):

    amicus est tamquam alter idem,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 82.—
    3.
    The one of two, either of two, without a more precise designation, for alteruter:

    non uterque sed alter,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 43, 132:

    fortasse utrumque, alterum certe,

    id. Att. 11, 18:

    melius peribimus quam sine alteris vestrūm vivemus,

    Liv. 1, 13:

    nec rogarem, ut mea de vobis altera amica foret,

    Ov. A. A. 3, 520:

    ex duobus, quorum alterum petis, etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 7, 3:

    ex duobus (quorum necesse est alterum verum), etc.,

    Quint. 5, 10, 69:

    ac si necesse est in alteram errare partem, maluerim etc.,

    id. 10, 1, 26; 1, 4, 24; 9, 3, 6 al.—Once also with a negative, neither of two: hos, tamquam medios, [p. 98] nec in alterius favorem inclinatos, miserat rex, Liv. 40, 20, 4.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    Another of a class = alius (as opp. to one's self, to another); subst., another, a neighbor, a fellow-creature, ho pelas (so sometimes heteros, Xen. Cyr. 2, 3, 17); cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 90 and 458 (alter designates the similarity of two objects; alius a difference in the objects contrasted): SI. INIVRIAM. FAXIT. ALTERI., Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1:

    qui alterum incusat probri, eum ipsum se intueri oportet,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 58; id. Am. prol. 84: mox dum alterius abligurias bona, quid censes dominis esse animi? Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 25:

    ut malis gaudeant atque ex incommodis Alterius sua ut comparent commoda,

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 3: qui alteris exitium paret, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 17, 39:

    qui nihil alterius causā facit et metitur suis commodis omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 14:

    ut aeque quisque altero delectetur ac se ipso,

    id. Off. 1, 17, 56; 1, 2, 4:

    scientem in errorem alterum inducere,

    id. ib. 3, 13, 55 et saep.:

    cave ne portus occupet alter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 32 Schmid.:

    nil obstet tibi, dum ne sit te ditior alter,

    id. S. 1, 1, 40; 1, 5, 33:

    canis parturiens cum rogāsset alteram, ut etc.,

    Phaedr. 1, 19:

    nec patientem sessoris alterius (equum) primus ascendit,

    Suet. Caes. 61; id. Tib. 58:

    in quo judicas alterum, te ipsum condemnas,

    Vulg. Rom. 2, 1:

    nemo quod suum est quaerat, sed quod alterius,

    ib. 1 Cor. 10, 24;

    14, 17: sic in semet ipso tantum gloriam habebit et non in altero,

    ib. Gal. 6, 4 al. —Hence, alter with a neg., or neg. question and comp., as an emphatic expression (mostly ante-class.; cf.

    alius, II. H.): scelestiorem nullum illuxere alterum,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 22:

    scelestiorem in terrā nullam esse alteram,

    id. Cist. 4, 1, 8:

    qui me alter audacior est homo?

    id. Am. 1, 1, 1; id. Ep. 1, 1, 24.—
    B.
    The other, the opposite:

    alterius factionis principes,

    the leaders of the opposite party, Nep. Pelop. 1, 4 (cf. id. ib. 1, 2:

    adversariae factioni): studiosiorem partis alterius,

    Suet. Tib. 11. —
    C.
    In gen., different:

    quotiens te speculo videris alterum,

    Hor. C. 4, 10, 6: abeuntes post carnem alteram (Gr. heteros, q. v. L. and S. III.), Vulg. Jud. 7.—
    D.
    In the lang. of augury, euphem. for infaustus, unfavorable, unpropitious, Fest. p. 6 (v. L. and S. Gr. Lex. s. v. heteros, III. 2.).
    The gen.
    alterius commonly serves as gen. of alius instead of alīus, Cic. Fam. 15, 1, 1; id. Att. 1, 5, 1; 1, 20, 2; Caes. B. G. 1, 36, 1; Sall. C. 52, 8; Liv. 21, 13, 3; 22, 14, 4; 26, 8, 2; 28, 37, 6 al.; Col. 8, 17, 2; 11, 2, 87; 12, 22, 2; Sen. Ep. 72, 10; 102, 3; id. Ben. 4, 3, 1; id. Ot. Sap. 4, 1; id. Brev. Vit. 16, 2; id. Q. N. 2, 34, 1 al.; Quint. 7, 9, 8; 8, 3, 73 al.; Tac. A. 15, 25; id. H. 2, 90; Plin. Ep. 10, 114, 2; Suet. Caes. 61; id. Tib. 58 al.; Gell. 2, 28 al.—It also stands as correlative to alius:

    alius inter cenandum solutus est, alterius continuata mors somno est,

    Sen. Ep. 66, 39:

    cum inventum sit ex veris (gemmis) generis alterius in aliud falsas traducere,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 197; Plin. Pan. 2, 6 (Neue, Formenl. II. p. 216).
    altĕras, adv.
    [alter], for alias, acc. to Paul. ex. Fest. p. 27 Müll.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > alteras

  • 31 D

    D, d (n. indecl., sometimes f. sc. littera), the flat dental mute, corresponding in character and sound to the English d and the Greek D, was the fourth letter of the Latin alphabet, and was called de: Ter. Maur. p. 2385 P., Auson. Idyll. 12, de Litt. Monos. 14. But at the end of a syllable, or after another consonant, its sound was sharpened, so that the grammarians often discuss the question whether d or t should be written, especially in conjunctions and prepositions. Illa quoque servata est a multis differentia, ut ad cum esset praepositio, d litteram, cum autem conjunctio, t acciperet (Quint. 1, 7, 5; cf. id. 1, 4, 16). Hence we may infer that some disputed this distinction, and that the sounds of ad and at must at least have been very similar (cf. also Terent. Scaur. p. 2250, Vel. Long. p. 2230 sq., Cassiod. p. 2287, 2291). Thus also aput, it, quit, quot, aliut, set, haut are found for apud, id, quid, quod, aliud, sed, haud. It would appear from the remarks of these authors that the last two words in particular, having a proclitic character, while they distinctly retained the d sound before an initial vowel in the following word, were pronounced before a consonant almost as set, haut (Mar. Vict. p. 2462 P., Vel. Long. l. l. v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.). The use of t for d in the middle of a word, as Alexenter for Alexander, atnato for adnato, is very rare (cf. Wordsworth, Fragm. p. 486 sq.). On the other hand, the use of d for t, which sometimes appears in MSS. and inscrr., as ed, capud, essed, inquid (all of which occur in the Cod. palimps. of Cic. Rep.), adque, quodannis, sicud, etc., fecid, reliquid, etc. (all in inscriptions after the Augustan period), is to be ascribed to a later phonetic softening (cf. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.).
    II.
    As an initial, the letter d, in pure Latin words, suffers only a vowel after it; the single consonantal compound dr being found only in borrowed words, such as drama, Drusus, Druidae, etc., and in the two onomatopees drenso and drindio. Accordingly, the d of the initial dv, from du, was rejected, and the remaining v either retained unaltered (as in v iginti for du iginti; cf. triginta) or changed into b (as in b ellum, b is, b onus, for du ellum, du is, du onus; v. those words and the letter B). So too in and after the 4th century A.D., di before vowels was pronounced like j (cf. J ovis for Dj ovis, and J anus for Di anus); and hence, as the Greek di ( di) passed into dz, i. e. z (as in z a for d ia, and z eta for di aeta), we sometimes find the same name written in two or three ways, as Diabolenus, Jabolenus, Zabolenus; Jadera, Diadora, Zara. In many Greek words, however, which originally began with a y sound, d was prefixed by an instinctive effort to avoid a disagreeable utterance, just as in English the initial j has regularly assumed the sound of dj: thus Gr. zugon, i. e. diugon = L. jugum; and in such cases the d sound has been prefixed in Greek, not lost in Latin and other languages (v. Curt. Griech. Etym. p. 608 sq.).b. As a medial, d before most consonants undergoes assimilation; v. ad, no. II.; assum, init., and cf. iccirco, quippiam, quicquam, for idcirco, quidpiam, quidquam; and in contractions like cette from cedite, pelluviae from pediluviae, sella from sedela. In contractions, however, the d is sometimes dropped and a compensation effected by lengthening the preceding vowel, as scāla for scand-la. D before endings which begin with s was suppressed, as pes from ped-s, lapis from lapid-s, frons from frond-s, rasi from radsi, risi from rid-si, lusi from lud-si, clausi from claud-si; but in the second and third roots of cedo, and in the third roots of some other verbs, d is assimilated, as cessi, cessum, fossum, etc. D is also omitted before s in composition when another consonant follows the s, as ascendo, aspicio, asto, astringo, and so also before the nasal gn in agnatus, agnitus, and agnosco, from gnatus, etc.: but in other combinations it is assimilated, as assentio, acclamo, accresco; affligo, affrico; agglomero, aggrego; applico, approbo, etc. In tentum, from tendo, d is dropped to avoid the combination ndt or ntt, since euphony forbids a consonant to be doubled after another.g. Final d stood only in ad, apud, sed, and in the neuter pronouns quid, quod, illud, istud, and aliud, anciently alid. Otherwise, the ending d was considered barbarous, Prisc. p. 686 P.
    III.
    The letter d represents regularly an original Indo-Germanic d, in Greek d, but which in German becomes z, in Gothic t, and in Anglo-Saxon t: cf. Gr. hêdomai, Sanscr. svad, Germ. süss, Angl.-Sax. svēte (sweet), with Lat. suadeo; domare with Gr. damaô, Germ. zähmen, Eng. tame; domus with demô, timber, O. H. Germ. zimber; duo with duô, zwei, two. But it is also interchanged with other sounds, and thus sometimes represents—
    1.
    An original t: mendax from mentior; quadraginta, quadra, etc., from quatuor.—
    2.
    An original r: ar and ad; apur or apor and apud; meridies and medidies, audio and auris; cf. arbiter, from ad-beto; arcesso for ad-cesso.—
    3.
    An original l: adeps, Gr. aleipha; dacrima and lacrima, dingua and lingua; cf. on the contrary, olere for odere, consilium and considere, Ulixes from Odusseus (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 223).—
    4.
    An original s: Claudius, from the Sabine Clausus, medius and misos; and, on the contrary, rosa and rhodon. —
    5.
    A Greek th: fides, pistis; gaudere, gêtheô; vad-i-monium (from va-d-s, vadis), aethlon.
    IV.
    In the oldest period of the language d was the ending of the ablat. sing. and of the adverbs which were originally ablatives (cf. Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excur. I.; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. Prol. 10): pu CNANDO, MARID, DICTATORED, IN ALTOD MARID, NAVALED PRAEDAD on the Col. Rostr.; DE SENATVOS SENTENTIAD (thrice) IN OQVOLTOD, IN POPLICOD, IN PREIVATOD, IN COVENTIONID, and the adverbs SVPRAD SCRIPTVM EST (thrice), EXSTRAD QVAM SEI, and even EXSTRAD VRBEM, in S. C. de Bacch. So intra-d, ultra-d, citra-d, contra-d, infra-d, supra-d; contro-d, intro-d, etc.; and probably interea-d, postea-d. Here too belongs, no doubt, the adverb FACILVMED, found in the last-mentioned inscription. But this use of the d became antiquated during the 3d century B.C., and is not found at all in any inscription after 186 B. C. Plautus seems to have used or omitted it at will (Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excurs. p. 18: Corss. Ausspr. 1, 197; 2, 1008).
    2.
    D final was also anciently found—
    a.
    In the accus. sing. of the personal pronouns med, ted, sed: INTER SED CONIOVRASE and INTER SED DEDISE, for inter se conjuravisse and inter se dedisse, in the S. C. de Bacch. This usage was retained, at least as a license of verse, when the next word began with a vowel, even in the time of Plautus. But in the classic period this d no longer appears. —
    b.
    In the imperative mood;

    as estod,

    Fest. p. 230. The Oscan language retained this ending (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 206).—
    c.
    In the preposition se-, originally identical with the conjunction sed (it is retained in the compound seditio); also in red-, prod-, antid-, postid-, etc. ( redire, prodire, etc.); and in these words, too, it is a remnant of the ancient characteristic of the ablative (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 200 sq.; Roby, Lat. Gr. 1, 49).
    V.
    As an abbreviation, D usually stands for the praenomen Decimus; also for Deus, Divus, Dominus, Decurio, etc.; over epitaphs, D. M. = Diis Manibus; over temple inscriptions, D. O. M. = Deo Optimo Maxumo; in the titles of the later emperors, D. N. = Dominus Noster, and DD. NN. = Domini Nostri. Before dates of letters, D signified dabam, and also dies; hence, a. d. = ante diem; in offerings to the gods, D. D. = dono or donum dedit; D. D. D. = dat, dicat, dedicat, etc. Cf. Orell. Inscr. II. p. 457 sq.
    The Romans denoted the number 500 by D; but the character was then regarded, not as a letter, but as half of the original Tuscan numeral (or CI[C ]) for 1000.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > D

  • 32 d

    D, d (n. indecl., sometimes f. sc. littera), the flat dental mute, corresponding in character and sound to the English d and the Greek D, was the fourth letter of the Latin alphabet, and was called de: Ter. Maur. p. 2385 P., Auson. Idyll. 12, de Litt. Monos. 14. But at the end of a syllable, or after another consonant, its sound was sharpened, so that the grammarians often discuss the question whether d or t should be written, especially in conjunctions and prepositions. Illa quoque servata est a multis differentia, ut ad cum esset praepositio, d litteram, cum autem conjunctio, t acciperet (Quint. 1, 7, 5; cf. id. 1, 4, 16). Hence we may infer that some disputed this distinction, and that the sounds of ad and at must at least have been very similar (cf. also Terent. Scaur. p. 2250, Vel. Long. p. 2230 sq., Cassiod. p. 2287, 2291). Thus also aput, it, quit, quot, aliut, set, haut are found for apud, id, quid, quod, aliud, sed, haud. It would appear from the remarks of these authors that the last two words in particular, having a proclitic character, while they distinctly retained the d sound before an initial vowel in the following word, were pronounced before a consonant almost as set, haut (Mar. Vict. p. 2462 P., Vel. Long. l. l. v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.). The use of t for d in the middle of a word, as Alexenter for Alexander, atnato for adnato, is very rare (cf. Wordsworth, Fragm. p. 486 sq.). On the other hand, the use of d for t, which sometimes appears in MSS. and inscrr., as ed, capud, essed, inquid (all of which occur in the Cod. palimps. of Cic. Rep.), adque, quodannis, sicud, etc., fecid, reliquid, etc. (all in inscriptions after the Augustan period), is to be ascribed to a later phonetic softening (cf. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.).
    II.
    As an initial, the letter d, in pure Latin words, suffers only a vowel after it; the single consonantal compound dr being found only in borrowed words, such as drama, Drusus, Druidae, etc., and in the two onomatopees drenso and drindio. Accordingly, the d of the initial dv, from du, was rejected, and the remaining v either retained unaltered (as in v iginti for du iginti; cf. triginta) or changed into b (as in b ellum, b is, b onus, for du ellum, du is, du onus; v. those words and the letter B). So too in and after the 4th century A.D., di before vowels was pronounced like j (cf. J ovis for Dj ovis, and J anus for Di anus); and hence, as the Greek di ( di) passed into dz, i. e. z (as in z a for d ia, and z eta for di aeta), we sometimes find the same name written in two or three ways, as Diabolenus, Jabolenus, Zabolenus; Jadera, Diadora, Zara. In many Greek words, however, which originally began with a y sound, d was prefixed by an instinctive effort to avoid a disagreeable utterance, just as in English the initial j has regularly assumed the sound of dj: thus Gr. zugon, i. e. diugon = L. jugum; and in such cases the d sound has been prefixed in Greek, not lost in Latin and other languages (v. Curt. Griech. Etym. p. 608 sq.).b. As a medial, d before most consonants undergoes assimilation; v. ad, no. II.; assum, init., and cf. iccirco, quippiam, quicquam, for idcirco, quidpiam, quidquam; and in contractions like cette from cedite, pelluviae from pediluviae, sella from sedela. In contractions, however, the d is sometimes dropped and a compensation effected by lengthening the preceding vowel, as scāla for scand-la. D before endings which begin with s was suppressed, as pes from ped-s, lapis from lapid-s, frons from frond-s, rasi from radsi, risi from rid-si, lusi from lud-si, clausi from claud-si; but in the second and third roots of cedo, and in the third roots of some other verbs, d is assimilated, as cessi, cessum, fossum, etc. D is also omitted before s in composition when another consonant follows the s, as ascendo, aspicio, asto, astringo, and so also before the nasal gn in agnatus, agnitus, and agnosco, from gnatus, etc.: but in other combinations it is assimilated, as assentio, acclamo, accresco; affligo, affrico; agglomero, aggrego; applico, approbo, etc. In tentum, from tendo, d is dropped to avoid the combination ndt or ntt, since euphony forbids a consonant to be doubled after another.g. Final d stood only in ad, apud, sed, and in the neuter pronouns quid, quod, illud, istud, and aliud, anciently alid. Otherwise, the ending d was considered barbarous, Prisc. p. 686 P.
    III.
    The letter d represents regularly an original Indo-Germanic d, in Greek d, but which in German becomes z, in Gothic t, and in Anglo-Saxon t: cf. Gr. hêdomai, Sanscr. svad, Germ. süss, Angl.-Sax. svēte (sweet), with Lat. suadeo; domare with Gr. damaô, Germ. zähmen, Eng. tame; domus with demô, timber, O. H. Germ. zimber; duo with duô, zwei, two. But it is also interchanged with other sounds, and thus sometimes represents—
    1.
    An original t: mendax from mentior; quadraginta, quadra, etc., from quatuor.—
    2.
    An original r: ar and ad; apur or apor and apud; meridies and medidies, audio and auris; cf. arbiter, from ad-beto; arcesso for ad-cesso.—
    3.
    An original l: adeps, Gr. aleipha; dacrima and lacrima, dingua and lingua; cf. on the contrary, olere for odere, consilium and considere, Ulixes from Odusseus (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 223).—
    4.
    An original s: Claudius, from the Sabine Clausus, medius and misos; and, on the contrary, rosa and rhodon. —
    5.
    A Greek th: fides, pistis; gaudere, gêtheô; vad-i-monium (from va-d-s, vadis), aethlon.
    IV.
    In the oldest period of the language d was the ending of the ablat. sing. and of the adverbs which were originally ablatives (cf. Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excur. I.; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. Prol. 10): pu CNANDO, MARID, DICTATORED, IN ALTOD MARID, NAVALED PRAEDAD on the Col. Rostr.; DE SENATVOS SENTENTIAD (thrice) IN OQVOLTOD, IN POPLICOD, IN PREIVATOD, IN COVENTIONID, and the adverbs SVPRAD SCRIPTVM EST (thrice), EXSTRAD QVAM SEI, and even EXSTRAD VRBEM, in S. C. de Bacch. So intra-d, ultra-d, citra-d, contra-d, infra-d, supra-d; contro-d, intro-d, etc.; and probably interea-d, postea-d. Here too belongs, no doubt, the adverb FACILVMED, found in the last-mentioned inscription. But this use of the d became antiquated during the 3d century B.C., and is not found at all in any inscription after 186 B. C. Plautus seems to have used or omitted it at will (Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excurs. p. 18: Corss. Ausspr. 1, 197; 2, 1008).
    2.
    D final was also anciently found—
    a.
    In the accus. sing. of the personal pronouns med, ted, sed: INTER SED CONIOVRASE and INTER SED DEDISE, for inter se conjuravisse and inter se dedisse, in the S. C. de Bacch. This usage was retained, at least as a license of verse, when the next word began with a vowel, even in the time of Plautus. But in the classic period this d no longer appears. —
    b.
    In the imperative mood;

    as estod,

    Fest. p. 230. The Oscan language retained this ending (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 206).—
    c.
    In the preposition se-, originally identical with the conjunction sed (it is retained in the compound seditio); also in red-, prod-, antid-, postid-, etc. ( redire, prodire, etc.); and in these words, too, it is a remnant of the ancient characteristic of the ablative (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 200 sq.; Roby, Lat. Gr. 1, 49).
    V.
    As an abbreviation, D usually stands for the praenomen Decimus; also for Deus, Divus, Dominus, Decurio, etc.; over epitaphs, D. M. = Diis Manibus; over temple inscriptions, D. O. M. = Deo Optimo Maxumo; in the titles of the later emperors, D. N. = Dominus Noster, and DD. NN. = Domini Nostri. Before dates of letters, D signified dabam, and also dies; hence, a. d. = ante diem; in offerings to the gods, D. D. = dono or donum dedit; D. D. D. = dat, dicat, dedicat, etc. Cf. Orell. Inscr. II. p. 457 sq.
    The Romans denoted the number 500 by D; but the character was then regarded, not as a letter, but as half of the original Tuscan numeral (or CI[C ]) for 1000.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > d

  • 33 is

    is, ĕa, id (m. eis, C. I. L. 1, 198; n. it, ib. 5, 875 al., and freq. in MSS. of Plaut.), gen. ējus (old form eiius, C. I. L. 3, 1365 et saep.; v. Prisc. 1, 4, 18, p. 545;

    also etius,

    ib. 2, 1276 al.;

    scanned ĕius,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 60; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; v. Lachm. ad Lucr. 3, 374;

    also Cic. poët. N. D. 2, 42, 109: eius, monosyl.,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 206; Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 7 et saep.; dat. ĕï, in ante-class. poetry often ēi, Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 46; Lucr. 2, 1136; 5, 300:

    eiei, C. I. L. 1, 198, 12 al.: eei,

    Inscr. Neap. 2423:

    iei, C. I. L. 1, 205, col. 2, 12 al.: ei, monosyl.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 68; id. Trin. 1, 2, 138 et saep.; Cat. 82, 3; cf. Prisc. 7, 5, 21, p. 740; Lachm. ad Lucr. 3, 374:

    eo,

    Inscr. Murat. 582; f. eae, Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 77 Ritschl; Cato, R. R. 46, 1; v. Varr. L. L. 8, 28, 51; acc. im for eum, Lex ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 24, 60; Charis. 1, 17, p. 107 sq.; Paul. ex Fest. p. 103; also em, Tab. XII., tab. 1, fr. 1.— Plur. nom. m. ĕi, Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 32; id. Stich. 1, 3, 47; Ter. Ad. prol. 23; but in the MSS. ii; Cic. de Or. 1, 19, 87 et saep.:

    eei,

    Inscr. Neap. 2423, 8: iei, C. I. L. 1, 185; Varr. L. L. 9, 1, 2 al.;

    but ī,

    Plaut. Trin. prol. 17; id. Mil. 3, 1, 158 al.; v. Ritschl prol. p. 98; gen. eum for eorum, Inscr. Murat. 582, 2; dat. and abl. eīs or iīs, also īs, C. I. L. 1, 198, 48; Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 140, and freq. in MSS.:

    eis, monosyl.,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 36; id. Eun. 5, 8, 59 al.; v. Lachm. ad Lucr. 4, 934: ieis, C. I. L. 1, 204, col. 1, 5 al.;

    old form also ībus,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 74; id. Truc. 1, 2, 17: ĭbus, Titin. et Pomp. ap. Non. p. 486; Lucr. 2, 88; cf. S. C. ap. Gell. 4, 6, 2; v. Lachm. l. l.; f. eābus, Cato, R. R. 152; cf. Prisc. 7, 3, 11, p. 733; v. more on these forms, Neue, Formenl. 2, 191-196), pron. demonstr. [root i-; Sanscr. itas; hence, i-ha, here; cf. i-bi, i-ta, i-dem, etc.].
    I.
    He, she, it; this or that man, woman, thing.
    A.
    Referring to something already mentioned, in gen.
    1.
    Referring to the third person:

    fuit quidam senex Mercator: navem is fregit apud Andrum insulam: Is obiit mortem,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 16:

    venit mihi obviam tuus puer: is mihi litteras abs te reddidit,

    Cic. Att. 2, 1, 1:

    objecit ut probrum nobiliori, quod is, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 1, 2, 3.—
    2.
    Of the first person:

    ego me credidi Homini docto rem mandare: is lapidi mando maxumo,

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 4, 47:

    haec omnia is feci, qui sodalis Dolabellae eram,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 14; Sen. Ep. 63 al. —
    3.
    Of the second person:

    qui magister equitum fuisse tibi viderere, is per municipia cucurristi,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 30.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    In connection with a noun:

    ea re, quia turpe sit, faciendum non esse,

    Cic. Off. 3, 13:

    ea res ut est Helvetiis enuntiata, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4:

    ne ob eam rem tribueret, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 13:

    flumen est Arar... id flumen, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 12: sub id tempus, Liv. [p. 1004] 43, 5:

    ejus disputationis sententias memoriae mandavi,

    Cic. Lael. 1, 3:

    ante eam diem,

    id. Att. 2, 11, 2:

    ea tempestate,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    quam urbem is rex condidit,

    Plin. 6, 17, 21, § 61.—
    2.
    When is, ea, id would stand in the same case with the relative it is usually omitted; when the relative precedes, it is sometimes employed for emphasis:

    male se res habet, cum, quod virtute effici debet, id temptatur pecuniā,

    Cic. Off. 2, 6, 22. —
    3.
    Connected with que and quidem, it gives prominence to a preceding idea:

    cum una legione eaque vacillante,

    and that, Cic. Phil. 3, 12, 31:

    inprimis nobis sermo isque multus de te fuit,

    id. Att. 5, 1, 3:

    tuus dolor humanus is quidem, sed, etc.,

    id. ib. 12, 10:

    vincula et ea sempiterna,

    id. Cat. 4, 4, 7:

    certa flagitiis merces, nec ea parva,

    id. Phil. 2, 18, 44.—
    4.
    It is sometimes used instead of the reflexive pronoun:

    Helvetii persuadent Rauracis, ut una cum iis (for secum) proficiscantur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 5:

    Caesar etiam privatas injurias ultus est, quod ejus soceri avum Tigurini interfecerant,

    id. ib. 1, 12. —
    5.
    It is sometimes placed, for greater emphasis, after a relative:

    multitudinem, quae fortunis vestris imminebat, eam... se fecisse commemorat, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Mil. 35, 95; cf.:

    urbem novam conditam vi et armis, jure eam legibusque de integro condere parat,

    Liv. 1, 19, 1.—
    C.
    Id, n., to designate an idea in the most general manner, that (thing, fact, thought, circumstance, etc.).
    1.
    In gen.:

    quando verba vana ad id locorum fuerint, rebus standum esse,

    hitherto, till now, Liv. 9, 45, 2; so,

    ad id (sc. tempus),

    id. 3, 22:

    ad id diei,

    Gell. 17, 8:

    ad id quod natura cogeret, i. e. death,

    Nep. Att. 22, 2:

    id temporis,

    at that time, Cic. Mil. 10, 28; id. Cat. 4, 1, 10: id. Att. 13, 33:

    id aetatis,

    at that age, id. de Or. 1, 47; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 37, § 91.—
    2.
    Esp.
    (α).
    Id, therefore, for that reason, on that account:

    id ego gaudeo,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 3:

    id misera maesta est,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 66:

    idne estis auctores mihi?

    do you advise me to that? Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 16.—
    (β).
    Id genus = ejus generis, Gell. 9, 12, 13:

    aliquid id genus scribere,

    Cic. Att. 13, 12, 3.—
    (γ).
    Ad id, for that purpose:

    ad id quod sua quemque mala cogebant, evocati,

    Liv. 3, 7, 8: ad id quod = praeterquam quod, besides that:

    consul ad id, quod, etc., tunc quoque, etc.,

    id. 44, 37, 12; 3, 62, 1; 26, 45, 8 al.—
    (δ).
    In id, to that end, on that account, therefore:

    in id fide a rege accepta,

    Liv. 28, 17.—
    (ε).
    In eo est, it is gone so far, is at that pass:

    quod ad me de Lentulo scribis, non est in eo,

    it is not come to that, is not so, Cic. Att. 12, 40:

    cum jam in eo esset, ut in muros evaderet miles,

    when the soldiers were just on the point of scaling the walls, Liv. 2, 17, 5; 28, 22, 8; Nep. Milt. 7, 3: in eo est, also, it consists in that, depends upon that:

    totum in eo est tectorium, ut sit concinnum,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 1, § 1:

    ejus omnis oratio versata est in eo, ut, etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 57, 254:

    sic velim enitare quasi in eo mihi sint omnia,

    id. Fam. 15, 14.—
    (ζ).
    Ex eo, from that, hence:

    sed tamen ex eo, quod eam voluptatem videtur amplexari saepe vehementius, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 9. —
    (η).
    Cum eo, ut (with subj.), with the condition or stipulation that, etc., Liv. 8, 14.—
    (θ).
    Eo, adverbially, with the comp., so much, by so much; but frequently to be expressed in English by the, Cic. Quint. 9; so id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5.—
    D.
    Sometimes is refers to the foll. substantive, instead of to the preceding relative:

    quae vectigalia locasset, ea rata locatio (for eorum),

    Liv. 23, 11:

    ea libera conjectura est (for de hac re),

    id. 4, 20:

    quae pars major erit, eo stabitur consilio (for ejus),

    id. 7, 35:

    existit ea, quae gemma dicitur,

    Cic. de Sen. 15.—Sometimes, for emphasis, it is placed before the relative quod, to represent a thought or clause:

    ratus, id quod negotium poscebat, Jugurtham venturum,

    Sall. J. 56, 1; id. C. 51, 20:

    sive ille hoc ingenio potuisset, sive, id quod constaret, Platonis studiosus audiendi fuisset,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 20, 89:

    si nos, id quod debet, nostra patria delectat,

    id. ib. 1, 44, 196:

    si, id quod facile factu fuit, vi armisque superassem,

    id. Sest. 17, 39; 13, 30; so,

    id quo,

    id. Inv. 1, 26, 39:

    id de quo,

    Liv. 21, 10, 9. — It is thus apparently pleonastic after substantives: Octavio Mamilio—is longe princeps Latini nominis erat...—ei Mamilio filiam nuptum dat, Liv. 1, 49, 9:

    cultrum, quem habebat, eum defigit,

    id. 1, 58, 11; cf. id. 3, 58, 1.—It is rarely pleonastic after the relative:

    quod ne id facere posses, idcirco dixeram,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 25, 79 dub. (B. and K. bracket id). —
    II.
    He, she, it; that man or the man ( woman, thing), the one, that one, as a correlative to qui:

    si is, qui erit adductus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 89, § 207:

    is mihi profecto servus spectatus satis, Cui dominus curae est,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 6, 5. And also in the first person:

    haec tibi scribo... is, qui flevi,

    Sen. Ep. 1.—
    III.
    Such, of such a sort, character, or quality:

    in eum jam rediit locum, ut, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 118:

    neque enim tu is es, qui, quid sis, nescias,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 12, 6; 4, 7, 2:

    itaque ego is in illum sum, quem tu me esse vis,

    id. Att. 7, 8, 1:

    is eram natus... ut potuerim,

    Liv. 7, 40, 8.— Adj.:

    nec tamen eas cenas quaero, ut magnae reliquiae fiant,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 8; id. Clu. 70:

    quae causae sunt ejus modi, ut de earum jure dubium esse non possit,

    id. de Or. 1, 57, 241:

    est enim credo is vir iste, ut civitatis nomen sua auctoritate sustineat,

    id. Fl. 15, 34. —
    B.
    Such, so great, of so high a degree:

    L. Mescinius ea mecum consuetudine conjunctus est, quod mihi quaestor fuit,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 1.—Hence, advv.
    1.
    ĕā (sc. parte, viā, etc.), on that side, by that way, there:

    quod eā proxime accedi poterat,

    Cic. Caecin. 8, 21:

    itinera muniit: effecit ut eā elephantus ornatus ire posset, quā antea, etc.,

    Nep. Ham. 3 fin.:

    postquam comperit, transitum eā non esse,

    Liv. 21, 32, 9; 5, 43, 2; 24, 2 fin.; 26, 11 fin.; 27, 15 fin. al. —
    2.
    ĕō, v. 2. eo.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > is

  • 34 modo

    mŏdŏ (scanned mŏdō, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 23; Lucr. 2, 11, 35; Cic. poët. N. D. 2, 42, 107; v. Corss. Ausspr. 2, p. 480; Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, p. 140), adv. [orig. abl. of modus, q. v.].
    I.
    Qs., by measure, expressing, like tantum, a restriction of the idea, only, merely, but.
    A.
    In gen.
    1.
    Affirmatively: ter sub armis malim vitam cernere, Quam semel modo parere, even once, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 6, § 81 Müll. (Trag. v. 298 Vahl.):

    semel modo,

    only once, Plaut. Poen. 1, 3, 30:

    uni modo gessi morem,

    id. Most. 1, 3, 43:

    hoc autem si ita sit, ut unum modo sensibus falsum videatur, etc.,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 32, 101; cf.:

    quorum genera plura sunt: hi unum modo quale sit suspicantur,

    id. Or. 9, 28:

    nec audiendi quidam, qui tres modo primas esse partes volunt,

    Quint. 3, 3, 4:

    paulum modo,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 2; Varr. ap. Gell. 13, 15:

    perpauxillum modo,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 74; cf.:

    manus erat nulla, quae parvam modo causam timoris afferret,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 35, 3:

    quae pacisci modo scis, sed quod pacta es, non scis solvere,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 88:

    ad ornandam modo, non augendam orationem assumuntur,

    Quint. 8, 6, 39; cf. Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 69:

    solere modo non etiam oportere,

    id. Off. 3, 4, 18:

    doctrina ac litterae secundis rebus delectationem modo habere videbantur, nunc vero etiam salutem,

    id. Fam. 6, 12, 5:

    circi modo spectaculum fuerat,

    Liv. 7, 2: modo facito ut illam serves, only see that, etc., Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 59:

    modo fac, ne quid aliud cures, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 11, 1:

    aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut conveniam modo,

    if I can only, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:

    modo ut tacere possis,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 9; cf.:

    concede, ut impune emerit, modo ut bonā ratione emerit,

    if but. provided that, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 5, § 10:

    modo ut haec nobis loca tenere liceat,

    id. Fam. 14, 14, 1.— For the expressions dummodo, solummodo, and tantummodo, v. dum, solum, and tantum.—
    2.
    Negatively: non modo... sed (verum) etiam (et, or simply sed), not only... but also:

    ut non modo secunda sperare debeas, sed etiam adversa fortissimo animo ferre,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 13, 5:

    non modo agendo, verum etiam cogitando,

    id. Cael. 19, 45:

    illum non modo favisse, sed et, etc.,

    id. Att. 11, 9, 2:

    non modo falsum id esse, sed hoc verissimum,

    id. Rep. 2, 44, 71.— As to these expressions, and also respecting the omission of a second non in the latter clause, v. under sed and non.—
    B.
    In partic., in restrictive clauses, for ullo or aliquo modo, in any way or degree, at all, only, even:

    servus est nemo, qui modo tolerabili conditione sit servitutis, qui, etc.,

    who is in any tolerable condition, Cic. Cat. 4, 8, 16; cf.:

    quamquam quis ignorat, qui modo umquam mediocriter res istas scire curavit, quin, etc.,

    id. Fl. 27, 64; and:

    quis est omnium, qui modo cum Musis habeat aliquod commercium, qui? etc.,

    id. Tusc. 5, 23, 66:

    nemo aliter philosophus sensit, in quo modo esset auctoritas,

    id. Div. 1, 39, 86; cf.: servitus, honorifica modo, Brut. ap. Cic. ad Brut. 1, 17, 4:

    tum quam plurimis modo dignis, se utilem praebent,

    be they but worthy, Cic. Off. 1, 26, 92:

    bonis viris... faciendum est, modo pro facultatibus,

    id. ib. 2, 17, 58:

    decerne, modo recte,

    id. Rosc. Am. 48, 138:

    itaque veniam, quo vocas, modo adjutore te,

    id. Att. 16, 13, a, 1:

    atque utinam posset aliquā ratione hoc crimen quamvis falsa, modo humana atque usitata defendere,

    if only, id. Verr. 2, 3, 97, § 224.—
    b.
    Si modo, if only (freq.):

    tu si modo es Romae: vix enim puto, sin es, hoc vehementer animadvertas velim,

    Cic. Att. 5, 8, 2:

    tute scis (si modo meministi) me tibi tum dixisse, etc.,

    id. ib. 12, 18, 2:

    fortasse vici, si modo permansero,

    id. ib. 12, 44, 3.— Poet. with subj.:

    si modo sola queant saxa tenere fidem,

    Prop. 1, 18, 4.—
    c.
    Poet. and in jurid. Latin, modo si, for dummodo, if only, provided that:

    persequar inferius, modo si licet ordine ferri,

    Ov. Tr. 2, 263:

    modo si ejus nomine opus fiat,

    Dig. 39, 1, 18; 26, 2, 28; 19, 2, 19, § 10.—
    d.
    As a conjunction with subj., for dummodo, if only, provided that (freq. and class.):

    quos valetudo modo bona sit, tenuitas ipsa delectat,

    Cic. Brut. 16, 64; id. Or. 9, 28:

    manent ingenia senibus, modo permaneat studium et industria,

    id. Sen. 7, 22; Quint. 10, 1, 131:

    modo Juppiter adsit, Tertia lux classem Cretaeis sistet in oris,

    Verg. A. 3, 116.—So, modo ne for dummodo ne, if only not, provided that not:

    quae de Sicinio audīsti, ea mihi probantur: modo ne illa exceptio in aliquem incurrat bene de nobis meritum,

    Cic. Att. 5, 4, 3:

    si quis est paulo ad voluptates propensior, modo ne sit ex pecudum genere, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 105; id. Ac. 2, 43, 132.—
    2.
    Modo non, like the Gr. monon ouchi, all but, almost, nearly, = propemodum (ante- and post-class.):

    modo non montes auri pollicens,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 17 Don.:

    favet Fabi gloriae, quae modo non suā contumeliā splendeat,

    Liv. 10, 24, 11:

    pictor equum venientem, modo non vivum, comprehenderat,

    Val. Max. 8, 11, ext. 7:

    modo non reclamante publico vigore,

    Amm. 14, 7, 1; 16, 12, 16; 21, 14, 1; 22, 6, 2 al.—
    3.
    In colloq. lang. with imperatives, just, now, only:

    sequere hac modo,

    Plaut. Men. 4, 1, 4:

    sedete hic modo,

    id. Rud. 3, 3, 29:

    propera modo,

    id. Men. 1, 4, 32:

    vide modo,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:

    ignem scrutare modo, inquam,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 276.—Indignantly:

    quin tu i modo,

    begone now, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 182; so,

    i modo,

    id. Stich. 3, 2, 23:

    tace modo,

    be still now, id. As. 5, 2, 19.—With tu or vos ( poet. and post-class.):

    tu modo, dum licet, hunc fructum ne desere vitae,

    Prop. 2, 15, 49; Verg. G. 3, 73:

    tu modo posce deos veniam,

    id. A. 4, 50:

    vos modo, inquit, parcite,

    Phaedr. 2, 8, 8; Curt. 9, 6, 24; 9, 2, 25.
    II.
    With specifications of time, like Gr. arti (reaching to the full measure of the time, fully).
    A.
    In gen.
    1.
    Of the pressent time, just now, just (ante-class. and poet.):

    quid? ego modo huic frater factus, dum intro eo atque exeo?

    just now? Plaut. Ep. 5, 1, 43:

    modo dolores, meatu, occipiunt,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 1, 2 (evidenter hic modo temporis praesentis adverbium est, Don.):

    advenis modo,

    id. Hec. 3, 5, 8 Don.:

    devoravi nomen imprudens modo,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 63:

    jam modo nunc possum contentus vivere parvo,

    Tib. 1, 1, 25; cf.:

    peccare fuisset Ante satis, penitus modo nunc genus omne perosos Femineum,

    Verg. A. 9, 141.—
    2.
    Of time just passed, just now, but this moment, a little while ago, lately (class.):

    nuper homines nobiles hujusmodi, judices, et quid dico nuper? immo vero modo ac plane paulo ante vidimus, qui, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 7: Al. Ita uti dudum dixeras? Am. Dudum? quam dudum istuc factum est? Al. Temptas:

    jam dudum, pridem, modo,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 60: Ph. Quando? Do. Hodie. Ph. Quamdudum? Do. Modo, Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 30:

    sum illi villae amicior modo factus,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 2, 4:

    quaeras putemne talem esse deorum naturam, qualis modo a te sit exposita,

    id. N. D. 1, 21, 57:

    declaravit id modo temeritas C. Caesaris,

    id. Off. 1, 8, 26:

    modo hoc malum in rem publicam invasit,

    id. ib. 2, 21, 75:

    si hodie bella sint, quale Gallicum modo (i. e. twenty-two years earlier),

    Liv. 6, 40, 17; cf. id. 22, 14, 13; Cic. Div. 1, 44, 99.—Opp. to nunc: qui nunc primum te advenisse dicas, [p. 1156] modo qui hinc abieris, Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 63:

    in quā urbe modo gratiā, auctoritate, gloriā floruimus, in eā nunc iis quidem omnibus caremus,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 13, 2; id. Mur. 40, 86; 41, 88; Prop. 1, 18, 7.—With tunc, Tac. A. 2, 75.—
    3.
    Of time just to come, immediately, directly, in a moment (rare, and perh. not in Cic.):

    domum modo ibo,

    Ter. And. 3, 4, 15; Liv. 26, 15:

    Artabanus tardari metu, modo cupidine vindictae inardescere,

    Tac. A. 6, 32; 4, 50.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Modo... modo, now... now, at one moment... at another, sometimes... sometimes (class.):

    modo ait, modo negat,

    sometimes he says Yes, and sometimes No, Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 46:

    Cotta meus modo hoc, modo illud,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 18, 47; id. Div. 2, 44, 93:

    modo his, modo illis ex partibus,

    id. N. D. 2, 19, 49:

    o Academiam volaticam et sui similem, modo huc, modo illuc!

    id. Att. 13, 25, 3:

    citus modo, modo tardus incessus,

    Sall. C. 15, 5:

    laetos modo, modo pavidos animadverteres,

    id. J. 60, 4:

    nebulonem modo, modo nugatorem appellat,

    Liv. 38, 56.—Instead of modo... modo, we sometimes find:

    nunc... modo: nunc quereretur eundem accusatorem ac judicem esse, modo vitam sibi eripi, etc.,

    Liv. 8, 32, 9.—Again, instead of the second modo (esp. in poets and in post-Aug. prose writers), we find:

    nunc aliquando, interdum, nonnumquam, saepe, rursus.—So, modo... nunc,

    Ov. M. 13, 922; id. F. 4, 643; id. Tr. 1, 2, 27:

    modo ut reciperet imperium, nunc ut legatione fungeretur,

    Tac. H. 2, 51:

    modo... aliquando,

    id. A. 1, 81; 6, 35; 11, 34; 16, 10; id. H. 2, 74:

    modo... interdum,

    Sall. J. 42, 1; 55, 9; 62, 9 Kritz.; 74, 1; Hor. S. 1, 9, 9 et saep.:

    modo... nonnumquam,

    Suet. Tib. 66; id. Claud. 15; id. Calig. 52:

    modo... saepe,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 11:

    modo... modo... saepe,

    Sall. J. 45, 2; Tac. H. 4, 84:

    modo... rursus,

    Prop. 1, 3, 41.—
    2.
    Modo... tum (deinde, postea, etc.), at first... then, at one time... at another:

    sol modo accedens, tum autem recedens,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 40, 102:

    (Xenophon) facit Socratem disputantem... et modo unum, tum autem plures deos,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 31:

    et modo mundum, tum mentem divinam esse putat,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 34; cf.:

    modo (Theophrastus) menti divinum tribuit principatum, modo caelo, tum autem signis sideribusque caelestibus,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 35:

    et forte in eo loco grandis ilex coaluerat inter saxa paulum modo prona, deinde flexa, etc.,

    Sall. J. 93, 4:

    modo... paulo post,

    Val. Max. 7, 4, 5:

    modo... modo... postremum,

    Tac. H. 4, 46:

    quid agerent, modo timentes, vicissim contemnentes religiones,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 17, 43.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > modo

  • 35 -ne

    1.
    (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
    I.
    Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;

    and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,

    Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:

    DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
    2.
    To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
    a.
    Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:

    ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:

    Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,

    id. Att. 14, 12, 2:

    nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,

    id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:

    non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,

    id. Mil. 29, 78:

    vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:

    ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,

    id. Mil. 1, 2:

    ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,

    Verg. G. 3, 561;

    so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:

    nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,

    id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:

    non praetermittam ne illud quidem,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:

    Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,

    id. ib. 2, 16, 5:

    numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,

    id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:

    sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,

    Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
    b.
    In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
    B.
    With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
    1.
    In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
    (α).
    With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):

    VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.

    art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:

    ah, ne saevi tantopere,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:

    impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,

    Verg. A. 6, 832.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    ne me moveatis,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:

    si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:

    si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,

    Hor. A. P. 406.—
    2.
    In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:

    ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,

    id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):

    illud utinam ne vere scriberem!

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:

    ne vivam, si scio,

    may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:

    sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:

    ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,

    id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
    3.
    In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
    (α).
    In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:

    ego enim, etc.,

    there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:

    pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,

    id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:

    ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:

    ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,

    id. Sen. 11, 34:

    ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,

    id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:

    nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?

    though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
    (β).
    In restrictive clauses:

    sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,

    only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:

    vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
    4.
    In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
    a.
    Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:

    haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:

    ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,

    id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:

    excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
    b.
    Ut... ne separated:

    quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:

    ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:

    lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,

    id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
    c.
    Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):

    ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:

    moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,

    Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
    II.
    In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
    A.
    In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:

    Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:

    vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:

    considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:

    Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
    B.
    After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):

    metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,

    that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:

    timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:

    vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:

    metuebat ne indicarent,

    Cic. Mil. 21, 57:

    mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    id. Mur. 41, 88:

    hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 3:

    id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:

    esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 715:

    terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:

    non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:

    pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,

    Liv. 24, 42 —
    b.
    When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:

    vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:

    unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,

    id. ib. 5, 18, 1:

    timeo ne non impetrem,

    id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
    c.
    With the negative before the verb:

    non vereor, ne quid temere facias,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:

    timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
    C.
    After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:

    qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;

    v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,

    Cic. Fat. 1, 1:

    unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,

    Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
    2.
    - (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;

    which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
    (α).
    In direct interrogations, with indic.:

    meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:

    potestne rerum major esse dissensio?

    id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:

    tune id veritus es?

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:

    jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,

    id. Pis. 1, 1:

    quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:

    quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?

    Verg. A. 4, 538:

    tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:

    valuistin?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:

    satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:

    pergin autem?

    id. ib. 1, 3, 41:

    vin commutemus?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
    (β).
    Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;

    so quin for quine,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:

    utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:

    sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
    (γ).
    In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:

    ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:

    Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,

    id. Att. 12, 24, 1:

    videto vasa, multane sient,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
    (δ).
    Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:

    quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:

    uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:

    illa rogare: Quantane?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
    (ε).
    -ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:

    misine ego ad te epistulam?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:

    rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely = num:

    potestne virtus servire?

    Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:

    potesne dicere?

    id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
    b.
    With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):

    est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:

    sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):

    Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:

    ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,

    Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
    3.
    , interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
    I.
    In gen.:

    ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:

    ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:

    ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,

    id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:

    ne iste,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
    II.
    Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:

    ne tu hercle,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    edepol ne ego,

    id. Men. 5, 5, 10:

    edepol ne tu,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 50:

    ne ista edepol,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 213:

    ne istuc mecastor,

    id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):

    ne ille, medius fidius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:

    medius fidius ne tu,

    id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:

    edepol ne meam operam, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > -ne

  • 36 ambiguum

    ambĭgŭus, a, um, adj. [ambigo], going about, hither and thither.
    I.
    Lit.:

    per ambiguum favorem gratiam victoris spectare,

    i. e. in that they show equal friendliness to both sides, Liv. 21, 52:

    ambiguus Proteus,

    who sometimes takes one form, sometimes another, changeable, Ov. M. 2, 9:

    ambiguus fuerit, modo vir, modo femina, Scython,

    id. ib. 4, 280:

    Inque virum soliti vultus mutare ferinos Ambigui prosecta lupi,

    they sometimes assume the form of a wolf and sometimes that of a man, id. ib. 7, 271:

    promisit Ambiguam Salamina, h. l. = alteram,

    a second Salamis, Hor. C. 1, 7, 29. —
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    Uncertain, doubtful (syn.: dubius, incertus): ambiguum est quod in ambas agi partes animo potest. Hujusmodi apud Graecos amphibola dicuntur, Paul. ex Fest. p. 17 Müll.:

    quidquid incerti mihi in animo prius aut ambiguom fuit, Nunc liquet, nunc defaecatum est,

    Plaut. Ps. 2, 4, 69: etiam si dudum fuerat ambiguom hoc mihi, * Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 26:

    difficile et ambiguum,

    Vulg. Deut. 17, 8:

    haud ambiguus rex, i. e. sine dubio rex futurus,

    Liv. 40, 8.— Subst.: ambĭgŭum, i, n., doubt, uncertainty:

    in ambiguo est,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 193:

    in ambiguo relinquere,

    Lucr. 4, 1133: non habui ambiguum, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 11:

    servet in ambiguo Juppiter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 28:

    non sane alias magis in ambiguo Britannia fuit,

    Tac. Agr. 5.—Also in acc. absol. in the Gr. manner: Ambiguum Clymene precibus Phaëthontis an irā Mota magis, it being uncertain whether, etc., Ov. M. 1, 765 (so, incertum, Tac. Agr. 7:

    dubium,

    id. A. 1, 5).—
    B.
    Of discourse, obscure, dark, ambiguous:

    scriptum,

    Cic. Top. 25:

    verba ambigua distinximus,

    id. Or. 29, 102:

    oracula,

    id. Div. 2, 56:

    responsa,

    Suet. Tib. 24:

    divinatio,

    Vulg. Ezech. 12, 24.— Subst.: ambĭgŭum, i, n., an obscure, dark saying:

    ambiguorum complura sunt genera,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 26, 111; 2, 61, 250; Auct. ad Her. 1, 6; 1, 12 al.:

    voces,

    Verg. A. 2, 98.—
    C.
    Trop., uncertain, wavering; not to be relied on, untrustworthy. —So of moral conduct:

    esse ambiguā fide,

    Liv. 6, 2:

    puer acris ingenii sed ambigui,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 2:

    femina bonis atque honestis moribus, non ambiguā pudicitiā,

    Gell. 3, 16:

    per ambiguas vias,

    Ov. H. 10, 62:

    domum timet ambiguam Tyriosque bilinguis,

    Verg. A 1, 661.—Of fortune, changing, fluctuating: ambiguarum rerum sciens, Tac. A. 1, 64.
    In Tac.
    with gen.:

    ambiguus imperandi,

    irresolute, Tac. A. 1, 7:

    pudoris ac metus,

    wavering between shame and fear, id. ib. 2, 40:

    futuri,

    id. H. 3, 43.— Adv.: ambĭguē, doubtfully, ambiguously, Cic. de Or. 2, 26; id. N. D. 1, 31; Aur. Vict. 35:

    pugnare,

    with doubtful success, Tac. A. 2, 21 al.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ambiguum

  • 37 ambiguus

    ambĭgŭus, a, um, adj. [ambigo], going about, hither and thither.
    I.
    Lit.:

    per ambiguum favorem gratiam victoris spectare,

    i. e. in that they show equal friendliness to both sides, Liv. 21, 52:

    ambiguus Proteus,

    who sometimes takes one form, sometimes another, changeable, Ov. M. 2, 9:

    ambiguus fuerit, modo vir, modo femina, Scython,

    id. ib. 4, 280:

    Inque virum soliti vultus mutare ferinos Ambigui prosecta lupi,

    they sometimes assume the form of a wolf and sometimes that of a man, id. ib. 7, 271:

    promisit Ambiguam Salamina, h. l. = alteram,

    a second Salamis, Hor. C. 1, 7, 29. —
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    Uncertain, doubtful (syn.: dubius, incertus): ambiguum est quod in ambas agi partes animo potest. Hujusmodi apud Graecos amphibola dicuntur, Paul. ex Fest. p. 17 Müll.:

    quidquid incerti mihi in animo prius aut ambiguom fuit, Nunc liquet, nunc defaecatum est,

    Plaut. Ps. 2, 4, 69: etiam si dudum fuerat ambiguom hoc mihi, * Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 26:

    difficile et ambiguum,

    Vulg. Deut. 17, 8:

    haud ambiguus rex, i. e. sine dubio rex futurus,

    Liv. 40, 8.— Subst.: ambĭgŭum, i, n., doubt, uncertainty:

    in ambiguo est,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 193:

    in ambiguo relinquere,

    Lucr. 4, 1133: non habui ambiguum, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 11:

    servet in ambiguo Juppiter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 28:

    non sane alias magis in ambiguo Britannia fuit,

    Tac. Agr. 5.—Also in acc. absol. in the Gr. manner: Ambiguum Clymene precibus Phaëthontis an irā Mota magis, it being uncertain whether, etc., Ov. M. 1, 765 (so, incertum, Tac. Agr. 7:

    dubium,

    id. A. 1, 5).—
    B.
    Of discourse, obscure, dark, ambiguous:

    scriptum,

    Cic. Top. 25:

    verba ambigua distinximus,

    id. Or. 29, 102:

    oracula,

    id. Div. 2, 56:

    responsa,

    Suet. Tib. 24:

    divinatio,

    Vulg. Ezech. 12, 24.— Subst.: ambĭgŭum, i, n., an obscure, dark saying:

    ambiguorum complura sunt genera,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 26, 111; 2, 61, 250; Auct. ad Her. 1, 6; 1, 12 al.:

    voces,

    Verg. A. 2, 98.—
    C.
    Trop., uncertain, wavering; not to be relied on, untrustworthy. —So of moral conduct:

    esse ambiguā fide,

    Liv. 6, 2:

    puer acris ingenii sed ambigui,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 2:

    femina bonis atque honestis moribus, non ambiguā pudicitiā,

    Gell. 3, 16:

    per ambiguas vias,

    Ov. H. 10, 62:

    domum timet ambiguam Tyriosque bilinguis,

    Verg. A 1, 661.—Of fortune, changing, fluctuating: ambiguarum rerum sciens, Tac. A. 1, 64.
    In Tac.
    with gen.:

    ambiguus imperandi,

    irresolute, Tac. A. 1, 7:

    pudoris ac metus,

    wavering between shame and fear, id. ib. 2, 40:

    futuri,

    id. H. 3, 43.— Adv.: ambĭguē, doubtfully, ambiguously, Cic. de Or. 2, 26; id. N. D. 1, 31; Aur. Vict. 35:

    pugnare,

    with doubtful success, Tac. A. 2, 21 al.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ambiguus

  • 38 apud

    ăpŭd ( apud down to the time of Caesar, Corp. Inscr. I. 30; I. 196; and after 45 B. C. both apud, Inscr. Orell. 206; 818, and aput, ib. 206; 15; 34; another form of apud was apor, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull. apud, Ritschl, Rib. in Trag. et Com. Rel., Mull. in Lucil., and Dietsch in Sall.; aput, Lachm., Fleck. in Plaut.; both apud and aput, Mull. in Cat. and Rib. in Verg.) [Corssen once regarded apud as connected with apisci, as juxta with jungo, Ausspr. I. p. 335, 1st ed., but afterwards, ib. 2d ed. I. p. 197, he adopted Pott's view, that it was comp. of Sanscr. api, = to, toward, near (Gr. epi), and ad, old form ar, which view the form apor favors, and thus its strict meaning would be on to, unto; v. infra, IV.]; prep. gov. acc., with, at, by, near (regularly with words denoting rest, and primarily of persons, while ad properly designates only direction, motion, extension, etc., and is chiefly used of places; the diff. between apud and penes is given in Paul. ex Fest. p. 22 Mull.: apud et penes in hoc differunt, quod alterum personam cum loco significat, alterum personam et dominium ac potestatem; v. penes, and cf. Nep. Them. 7, 2: ad ephoros Lacedaemoniorum accessit, penes quos summum imperium erat, atque apud eos (v. infra, I. B. 2. a.) contendit, etc.; and for the difference between ad and apud, cf. Lucil. 9, 58 sq. Mull.: apud se longe alid est, neque idem valet ad se: Intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se; syn.: ad, prope, coram, inter, in with abl.; rare in early Lat.; very freq. in Plaut., less freq. in Ter., seven times in Verg., five times in Juv., three times in Catull., twice in Ov, and once in Hor. and Prop.; never in Tib. or Pers.; very freq. in Cic., the historians, and the Vulg.).
    I.
    A.. In designating nearness in respect of persons, with, near: apud ipsum adstas, Att. ap. Non. p. 522, 25:

    adsum apud te, genitor,

    id. ib. p. 522, 32:

    alteram (partem) apud me adponito,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 60:

    nunc hic apud te servio,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 62:

    scriptorum non magnast copia apud me,

    Cat. 68, 33 Mull.:

    mane apud me,

    Vulg. Gen. 29, 19:

    Advocatum habemus apud Patrem,

    ib. 1 Joan. 2, 1:

    cum in lecto Crassus esset et apud eum Sulpicius sederet,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 3, 12; so id. Pis. 26, and id. Rep. 3, 28.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    a.. With a pron. or subst., apud me, te, se, aliquem, etc., with me, in my house, etc., in one's house, at the house of a person; Fr. chez moi, chez vous, chez soi, etc.:

    Quis heri apud te? Naev., Com. Rel. p. 9 Rib.: dico eum esse apud me,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 2, 15; 4, 2, 73:

    hic apud me hortum confodere jussi,

    id. Aul. 2, 2, 66:

    si commodumst, apud me, sis, volo,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 110:

    condixerant cenam apud me, Turp., Com. Rel. p. 108 Rib.: quid nunc virgo? Nempe apud test?

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 159:

    Quid sibi volunt homines isti apud te?

    Vulg. Num. 22, 9; ib. Matt. 26, 18:

    cenabis bene apud me,

    Cat. 13, 1:

    apud me habitavit,

    Cic. Clu. 33; id. Verr. 4, 111; 5, 77:

    apud te cenavit,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 58; id. Verr. 4, 49; id. Cael. 26; id. Deiot. 32:

    in curia posita potius quam rure apud te, Titin., Com. Rel. p. 142 Rib.: mane apud me etiam hodie,

    Vulg. Jud. 19, 9:

    tenet intus apud se,

    Lucil. 9, 59 Mull.:

    Pompeius petiit, ut secum et apud se essem cotidie,

    Cic. Att. 5, 6:

    apud se fecit manere,

    Vulg. Jud. 19, 7; ib. Luc. 11, 37:

    de gladiis, quae apud ipsum erant deprehensa,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 10:

    Cum postridie apud eundem ventum exspectans manerem,

    id. Phil. 1, 8:

    mansit apud eum quattuor mensibus,

    Vulg. Jud. 19, 2; ib. Act. 28, 14:

    apud quem deversatus es,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 37: apud nympham Calypsonem, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 685 (cf. Hom. Od. 4, 557: Numphês en megaroisi Kalupsous):

    habitasti apud Heium Messanae,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 18; id. Cael. 51:

    Fuisti apud Laecam illa nocte,

    id. Cat. 1, 4, 9; id. de Or. 1, 22, 104; id. Att. 1, 8:

    apud Ostorium Scapulam epulatur,

    Tac. A. 14, 48:

    apud Cornelium Primum juxta Velabrum delituit,

    id. H. 3, 74; 1, 14:

    Factum est, ut moraretur apud Simonem quendam,

    Vulg. Act. 9, 43:

    invenient hominem apud sororem tuam occultantem se,

    Cic. Dom. 83:

    qui apud te esset eductus,

    id. Quinct. 69:

    apud quem erat educatus,

    id. Lael. 20, 75:

    cum alter ejus filius apud matrem educaretur,

    id. Clu. 27:

    disciplina C. Cassii, apud quem educatus erat,

    Tac. A. 15, 52:

    se apud Q. Mucium jus civile didicisse,

    id. Or. 30:

    apud eosdem magistratus institutus,

    Suet. Calig. 24:

    servorum manus tamquam apud senem festinantes,

    Tac. H. 1, 7:

    in convivio apud regem,

    id. A. 2, 57: Bene vale;

    apud Orcum te videbo,

    in the abode of Orcus, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 16:

    sacrificasse apud deos, i. e. in templis deorum,

    Tac. A. 11, 27:

    frater apud Othonem militans,

    in the army of Otho, id. H. 2, 26; so,

    nec solum apud Caecinam (cognoscebatur id damnum composuisse),

    id. ib. 2, 27:

    quorum sint legati apud se,

    in his camp, Caes. B. G. 4, 8; cf.:

    Quos cum apud se in castris Ariovistus conspexisset,

    id. ib. 1, 47:

    dici hoc potest, Apud portitores eas (litteras) resignatas sibi,

    at the custom-house, Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 64; 3, 3, 80:

    Quantillum argenti mihi apud trapezitam siet,

    at the banker's, id. Capt. 1, 2, 90:

    duo genera materiarum apud rhetoras tractantur, i. e. in scholis rhetorum, as he says just before,

    Tac. Or. 35.—Apud me etc. is sometimes added to domi or in aedibus, or interchanges with domi: Me. Ubi namst, quaeso? Ch. Apud me domi, Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 21:

    a me insidias apud me domi positas esse dixerunt,

    Cic. Sest. 41:

    domi esse apud sese archipiratas dixit duos,

    id. Verr. 5, 73; so Vulg. Gen. 27, 15:

    quae (signa) cognovi apud istum in aedibus,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 50:

    esse illa signa domi suae, non esse apud Verrem,

    id. ib. 4, 16:

    nihil apud hanc lautum, pistor domi nullus,

    id. Pis. 67; id. Clu. 165.—Hence,
    b.
    Trop.: apud se esse, to be at home, i. e. to be in one's senses, be one's self, be sane (only in conversational lang.; most freq. in Ter.; cf. Gr. en heautôi einai, Ar. Vesp. 642; opp. vecors, amens esse, to be out of one's wits, beside one's self; so Gr. phrenôn exestanai, Eur. Or. 1021):

    Sumne ego apud me?

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 36:

    Non sum apud me,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 26, and Afran., Com. Rel, p. 170 Rib.:

    Prae iracundia, Menedeme, non sum apud me,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 48:

    Vix sum apud me: ita animus commotust metu, spe, gaudio,

    id. And. 5, 4, 34:

    Num tibi videtur esse apud sese?

    id. Hec. 4, 4, 85 (quasi ob amorem meretricis insanus, Don.):

    proin tu fac, apud te ut sies,

    id. And. 2, 4, 5 (= ut praeparatus sis, Don.); Petr. 129.—
    2.
    In respect of persons, in whose presence or before whom any thing is done or takes place, esp. of discussions or debates in which the persons have the right of decision (Web. Uebungsch. p. 33), before, in the presence of, = coram, ad.
    a.
    Of civil or military affairs, before:

    cum res agatur apud praetorem populi Romani et apud severissimos judices,

    Cic. Arch. 3:

    apud eosdem judices reus est factus,

    id. Clu. 22, 59:

    vis de his judicari apud me?

    Vulg. Act. 25, 9:

    accusavit fratres suos apud patrem,

    ib. Gen. 37, 2; ib. 1 Macc. 7, 6; ib. Joan. 5, 45:

    hoc, quod nunc apud pontifices agis,

    Cic. Dom. 51; 117:

    istud ne apud eum quidem dictatorem quisquam egit isto modo,

    id. Lig. 12:

    qui hanc causam aliquotiens apud te egit,

    id. Quinct. 30; so id. Verr. 2, 100; 3, 114; id. Caecin. 69; id. Sest. 120:

    (populus Romanus) mihi potestatem apud se agendi dedit,

    id. Verr. 5, 173: Repulsior secunda collatione dixit Cato in ea, quae est contra Cornelium apud populum, Paul. ex Fest. p. 286 Mull.:

    tutoresne defendent apud istius modi praetorem?

    Cic. Verr. 1, 153; id. Clu. 126: apud te cum sim defensurus me, Vulg. Act. [p. 146] 26, 2:

    omnia apud praetores gererentur,

    Tac. Or. 38:

    causam nescio quam apud judicem defendebat,

    Cic. Clu. 74; so Tac. A. 3, 12; id. Or. 19:

    apud te defendit alium in ea voluntate non fuisse, in qua te,

    Cic. Lig. 6:

    apud judicem causam dicere,

    id. Quinct. 43; id. Verr. 1, 26; id. Sex. Rosc. 85:

    apud aliquem dicere,

    id. Lig. 6; id. Deiot. 4:

    verba apud senatum fecit,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 20:

    habita apud senatum oratione,

    Tac. A. 12, 25; 6, 8:

    haec apud patres disseruit,

    id. ib. 2, 43; 4, 2;

    4, 6: modeste apud vos socius populi Romani questus est,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 18:

    Quae est ergo apud Caesarem querella?

    id. Lig. 25:

    isne apud vos obtinebit causam, qui etc.,

    id. Caecin. 38:

    petita multa est apud eum praetorem,

    id. Verr. 1, 155:

    causam contra aliquem apud centumviros dicere,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 98; Tac. Or. 38:

    numerus oratorum quot annis apud magistratus publice subscribitur,

    Cic. Verr. 3, 120:

    apud eorum quem qui manumitteretur,

    Liv. 41, 9: apud proconsules aliquem manumittere, Marcian. ap. Dig. 1, 162.—
    b.
    In extra judicial cases, before:

    apud hunc confessus es et genus etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 52:

    nullam causam dico, quin mihi Et parentum et libertatis apud te deliquio siet,

    id. ib. 3, 4, 93:

    apud erum qui (servos) vera loquitur,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 43:

    apud novercam querere,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 80:

    ego apud parentem loquor,

    Cic. Lig. 30:

    plura fateri apud amicos,

    Tac. A. 14, 62:

    aliquid apud aliquem laudare,

    Cic. Att. 2, 25; Tac. A. 13, 46; so Vulg. Gen. 12, 15:

    aliquem apud aliquos vituperare,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 11:

    apud quem tu etiam nos criminari soles,

    id. Vatin. 29.—
    c.
    Of one's feelings, views, judgment, with, in the view or sight of, before.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    apud Tenedios sanctissimus deus habetur,

    Cic. Fl. 61; id. Verr. 1, 49:

    quod apud illos amplissimum sacerdotium putatur,

    id. ib. 2, 126;

    1, 69: si tutoris auctoritas apud te ponderis nihil habebat,

    id. ib. 2, 55; id. Planc. 4:

    apud judicem grave et sanctum esse ducetur,

    id. Q. Rosc. 6:

    Quae omnia apud nos partim infamia... ponuntur, Nep. praef. 5: justificatur apud Deum,

    Vulg. Gal. 3, 11:

    haec apud illos barbatos ridicula videbantur,

    Cic. Mur. 26; id. Dom. 101:

    unus dies apud Dominum (est) sicut mille anni, et mille anni sicut dies unus,

    Vulg. 2 Pet. 3, 8.—
    (β).
    With adjj.:

    fuisti apud pontifices superior,

    Cic. Dom. 4:

    qui honos est apud Syracusanos amplissimus,

    id. Verr. 4, 137; id. Font. 36:

    quam clara (expugnatio) apud omnes,

    id. Verr. 1, 50; 2, 50:

    Satis clarus est apud timentem quisquis timetur,

    Tac. H. 2, 76; id. Or. 7:

    hoc est apud Graecos prope gloriosius quam Romae triumphasse,

    Cic. Fl. 31; Tac. H. 5, 17:

    quod aeque apud bonos miserum est,

    id. ib. 1, 29:

    quae justa sunt apud nos,

    Vulg. 1 Macc. 11, 33; ib. Rom. 2, 13:

    tunc eritis inculpabiles apud Dominum,

    ib. Num. 32, 22:

    si is pretio apud istum idoneus esset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 121.—
    (γ).
    With substt.:

    est tanta apud eos ejus fani religio atque antiquitas, ut etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 46:

    tanta nominis Romani dignitas est apud omnes nationes, ut etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 150:

    qua (hic) apud omnes Siculos dignitate atque existimatione sit,

    id. ib. 2, 111:

    Dymnus modicae apud regem auctoritatis et gratiae,

    Curt. 6, 72:

    abominatio est uterque apud Deum,

    Vulg. Prov. 17, 15.—Apud animum, apud animum meum, etc. sometimes stand for mihi, mecum, etc., or simply animo: Ea tute tibi subice et apud animum propone, before your mind, before you, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:

    ipsi primum statuerint apud animos, quid vellent,

    Liv. 6, 39, 11:

    Sic apud animum meum statuo,

    Sall. de Ord. Rep. 2:

    sic statuere apud animum meum possum,

    Liv. 34, 2, 4.—So with pers. pron. in Vulg. after the Greek: haec apud se (pros heauton) oravit, within himself, to himself, Luc. 18, 11: Sciens apud semet ipsum (en heautôi), in himself, Joan. 6, 62: statui hoc ipsum apud me (emautôi), ne etc., with myself, 2 Cor. 2, 1; so, hoc cogitet apud se (eph heautou), ib. 10, 7.—
    d.
    And simply before, in the presence of:

    id apud vos proloquar,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 6:

    nemo est meorum amicorum, apud quem expromere omnia mea occulta audeam,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 14:

    se jactant apud eos, quos inviti vident,

    Cic. Fl. 61:

    licet mihi, Marce fili, apud te gloriari, ad quem etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 22, 78: de vobis glorior apud Macedones, Vulg. 2 Cor. 9, 2:

    plus quam apud vos commemorari velitis,

    Cic. Caecin. 77:

    non apud indoctos loquor,

    id. Pis. 68:

    ostendit, quae quisque de eo apud se dixerit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 19:

    quid apud magnum loquerentur Achillem,

    Ov. M. 12, 163:

    neque raro neque apud paucos talia jaciebat,

    Tac. A. 4, 7:

    loqui de se apud aliquem,

    Cic. Att. 1, 3:

    mentiri apud aliquem,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 24:

    apud aliquem profiteri,

    Curt. 7, 7, 24:

    Non est nobis haec oratio habenda apud imperitam multitudinem,

    Cic. Mur. 61:

    Caesar apud milites contionatur,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 7:

    gratias agere alicui apud aliquem,

    Cic. Sest. 4; so Tac. A. 15, 22:

    si quid (in me) auctoritatis est, apud eos utar, qui etc.,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2; so id. Lig. 16, and id. Red. in Sen. 24:

    Quae fundebat apud Samson lacrimas,

    Vulg. Jud. 14, 16.—
    3.
    Of a person with whom, in whose case something is, exists, is done, with, in the case of, often = in with abl.:

    quom apud te parum stet fides,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 62:

    Et bene apud memores veteris stat gratia facti,

    Verg. A. 4, 539:

    At fides mihi apud hunc est,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 10: De. Quid est? Ch. Itan parvam mihi fidem esse apud te? id. Phorm. 5, 3, 27:

    ut apud me praemium esse positum pietati scias,

    id. Hec. 4, 2, 8:

    alioqui mercedem non habebitis apud Patrem vestrum,

    Vulg. Matt. 6, 1:

    illa res quantam declarat ejusdem hominis apud hostes populi Romani auctoritatem,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 46:

    (eum) Aeduorum auctoritatem apud omnes Belgas amplificaturum,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 14:

    si M. Petrei non summa auctoritas apud milites exstitisset,

    Cic. Sest. 12:

    Pompei auctoritas apud omnes tanta est. quanta etc.,

    id. Fl. 14; id. Phil. 13, 7:

    ecquid auctoritatis apud vos socii populi Romani habere debeant,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 17; so id. Verr. 2, 14; id. Mur 38:

    (servi) apud eum sunt in honore et pretio,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 77; id. Verr. 5, 157; id. Cat. 3, 2:

    videmus quanta sit in invidia quantoque in odio apud quosdam virtus et industria,

    id. Verr. 5, 181:

    quo majore apud vos odio esse debet quam etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 42:

    domi splendor, apud exteras nationes nomen et gratia,

    id. Clu. 154; id. Mur. 38:

    Dumnorigem, magna apud plebem gratia,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 18:

    tanti ejus apud se gratiam esse ostendit, uti etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 20:

    certe apud te et hos, qui tibi adsunt, veritas valebit,

    Cic. Quinct. 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 17; id. Lig. 30; id. Marcell. 14; id. Mil. 34:

    utrum apud eos pudor atque officium aut timor valeret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    apud quem ut multum gratia valeret,

    Nep. Con. 2, 1:

    video apud te causas valere plus quam preces,

    Cic. Lig. 31; so id. Lael. 4, 13, and Tac. H. 3, 36:

    quod apud vos plurimum debebit valere,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 11; so Caes. B. G. 1, 17, and Tac. H. 4, 73:

    qui tantum auctoritate apud suos cives potuit, ut etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 113:

    speravit sese apud tales viros aliquid posse ad etc.,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 141:

    (eum) apud finitimas civitates largiter posse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 18:

    quae (pecunia) apud me contra fidem meam nihil potuisset,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 19:

    quae (memoria) plus apud eum possit quam salus civitatis,

    id. Phil. 5, 51; id. Verr. 3, 131:

    qui apud eum plurimum poterat,

    id. ib. 3, 130:

    qui apud me et amicitia et beneficiis et dignitate plurimum possunt,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 4; so Caes. B. G. 1, 9.—So very rarely with adjj.:

    faciles sunt preces apud eos, qui etc.,

    Cic. Har. Resp. 63:

    nihil me turpius apud homines fuisset,

    id. Att. 2, 19:

    apud quos miserum auxilium tolerabile miserius malum fecit,

    Cels. 3, 23.—
    4.
    Of persons, of inhabitants of cities or countries, among whom one is, or something is, is done or happens, among = inter:

    CONSOL. QVEI. FVIT. APVD. VOS., Epit. Scip. ap. Grotef. Gr. II. p. 296: homines apud nos noti, inter suos nobiles,

    Cic. Fl. 52:

    Ut vos hic, itidem ille apud vos meus servatur filius,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 11; 2, 2, 62:

    qui (colonus) perigrinatur apud vos,

    Vulg. Exod. 12, 49:

    qui regnabat apud vos,

    ib. 1 Macc. 12, 7; ib. Matt. 13, 56; ib. Luc. 9, 41:

    si iste apud eos quaestor non fuisset,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4; 65:

    Apud eos fuisse regem Divitiacum,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4; 2, 2:

    qui (praetores) apud illos a populo creantur,

    Cic. Fl. 44:

    apud quos consul fuerat,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 66; id. Verr. 2, 5; 4, 108:

    apud inferos illi antiqui supplicia impiis constituta esse voluerunt,

    id. Cat. 4, 8; id. Tusc. 1, 5, 10; so Vulg. Eccli. 14, 17: Sunt apud infernos tot milia formosarum, Prop. 3, 2, 63:

    fateri quae quis apud superos distulit in seram commissa piacula mortem,

    Verg. A. 6, 568;

    Vel. 2, 48, 2: studiis militaribus apud juventutem obsoletis,

    Cic. Font. 42:

    qui apud socios nominis Latini censi essent,

    Liv. 41, 9:

    qui apud gentes solus praestat, Naev., Com. Rel. p. 25 Rib.: quae sacra apud omnes gentes nationesque fiunt,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 109:

    id (simulacrum) apud Segestanos positum fuisse,

    id. ib. 4, 80:

    si apud Athenienses non deerant qui rem publicam defenderent,

    id. Sest. 141, and Nep. Milt. 6, 2:

    ille est magistratus apud Siculos, qui etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 131:

    si tu apud Persas deprehensus etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 166:

    Apud Helvetios longe nobilissimus fuit Orgetorix,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 2:

    apud omnes Graecos hic mos est, ut etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 158, and id. Fragm. B. 7, 18 B. and K.:

    quod apud Germanos ea consuetudo esset, ut etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 50:

    aliis Germanorum populis usurpatum raro apud Chattos in consensum vertit,

    Tac. G. 31:

    Cui (mihi) neque apud Danaos usquam locus (est),

    Verg. A. 2, 71:

    apud Nahanarvalos antiquae religionis lucus ostenditur,

    Tac. G. 43; 32; 38; 44; id. H. 4, 56; 4, 61; id. A. 2, 1; 2, 45: apud Graecos magis quam in ceteris nationibus exculta est medicina, Cels. praef. 3, 9.—So of an army, in, with, where in with abl. is commonly used:

    qui apud exercitum cum Lucio Lucullo est,

    in the army under L. Lucullus, Cic. Verr. 4, 49; so id. Arch. 11:

    apud exercitum mihi fueris tot annos,

    id. Mur. 45:

    quod Hannibalem etiam nunc cum imperio apud exercitum haberent,

    in the army with a command, Nep. Hann. 7, 3:

    simul manere apud exercitus Titum utile videbatur,

    Tac. H. 5, 10:

    quod XII. pondo argenti habuisset apud exercitum,

    with his troops, Plin. 33, 4, 50, § 143.—
    5.
    In designating the author of a work or of an assertion, apud aliquem, in, by, in the writings of, any one (the work itself being designated by in with abl.; as, de qua in Catone majore satis multa diximus, Cic. Off. 1, 42, 151:

    Socraiem illum, qui est in Phaedro Platonis,

    id. de Or. 1, 7, 28:

    quo in libro,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 47):

    ut scriptum apud eundem Caelium est,

    Cic. Div. 1, 26, 55:

    apud Xenophontem autem moriens Cyrus major haec dicit,

    id. Sen. 22, 79:

    quod apud Platonem est in philosophos dictum, quod etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 9, 28:

    apud Agathoclem scriptum in historia est,

    id. Div. 1, 24, 50:

    ut est apud poetam nescio quem,

    id. Phil. 2, 65:

    Quod enim est apud Ennium, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 8, 26:

    de qua (ambitione) praeclare apud eundem est Platonem, simile etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 25, 87:

    Apud Varronem ita est, etc.,

    Plin. 18, 35, 79, § 348:

    ut video scriptum apud Graecos,

    Cic. Scaur. 4:

    invenio apud quosdam auctores,

    Tac. H. 2, 37; so id. A. 1, 81; 3, 3:

    reperio apud scriptores,

    id. ib. 2, 88:

    apud Solonem,

    i. e. in his laws, Cic. Leg. 2, 26, 64:

    cui bono est, si apud te Agamemnon diserte loquitur, i. e. in tragoediis tuis,

    Tac. Or. 9. —Also of speakers:

    apud quosdam acerbior in conviciis narrabatur,

    Tac. Agr. 22.—
    6.
    a.. Est aliquid apud aliquem = est alicui aliquid, apud aliquem being equivalent to dat. of possessor:

    quae (scientia auguralis) mihi videtur apud majores fuisse dupliciter, ut etc.,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 13, 33:

    juris civilis magnum usum apud multos fuisse,

    id. Brut. 41, 152:

    cum apud eum summum esset imperium populi,

    Nep. Phoc. 2, 4:

    omnis gratia, potentia, honos, divitiae apud illos sunt,

    Sall. C. 20, 8:

    par gloria apud Hannibalem hostesque Poenos erat,

    Liv. 22, 30, 8:

    apud quos nulla loricarum galearumve tegmina (erant),

    Tac. A. 12, 35:

    pecuniam ac dona majora apud Romanos (esse),

    id. H. 4, 76:

    minorem esse apud victos animum,

    id. ib. 3, 1;

    2, 75: quando quidem est apud te virtuti honos,

    Liv. 2, 1, 15: Phoebo sua semper apud me Munera sunt, Phoebus has his gifts with me, i. e. I have his gifts for Phoebus, Verg. E. 3, 62; so Hor. C. 3, 29, 5:

    apud te est fons vitae,

    Vulg. Psa. 35, 10:

    apud Dominum (est) misericordia,

    ib. ib. 129, 7.—
    b.
    Est aliquid apud aliquem also simply denotes that something is in one's hands, in his power, at his disposal:

    erat ei apud me pauxillulum Nummorum,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 1, 3:

    negasse habere se (phaleras): apud alium quoque eas habuisse depositas,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 29:

    multa (signa) deposita apud amicos,

    id. ib. 4, 36:

    apud quem inventus est scyphus,

    Vulg. Gen. 44, 16; ib. [p. 147] Exod. 22, 4; ib. Deut. 24, 12.—So also of persons:

    te pix atra agitet apud carnuficem,

    in the hands of, Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 65:

    qui (obsides) apud eum sint,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31; 1, 33.—
    c.
    Apud aliquem = alicui, the dat. of indir. obj.:

    remanet gloria apud me, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 194 Rib.: nihil apud Siculum, nihil apud civem Romanum tota in Sicilia reliquisse,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 2:

    si (cura rei publicae) apud Othonem relinqueretur,

    Tac. H. 1, 13; 1, 20:

    qui judicia manere apud ordinem Senatorium volunt,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 8:

    neque praemia caedis apud interfectorem mansura,

    Tac. H. 2, 70; id. A. 15, 7:

    fidens apud aliquem obligare,

    Dig. 16, 1, 27.—So rarely with adjj.:

    Essetne apud te is servos acceptissimus?

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 56:

    non dicam amicum tuum, quod apud homines carissimum est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 110:

    apud publicanos gratiosus fuisti,

    id. ib. 2, 169; 4, 38; id. Fl. 76; id. Lig. 31: Apud homines hoc impossibile est;

    apud Deum autem omnia possibilia sunt,

    Vulg. Matt. 19, 26; ib. Marc. 10, 27.
    II.
    Transf. In designations of place,
    A.
    At, near, about, around, before (esp. freq. in the post-Aug. histt.) = ad, prope, circum, ante: tibi servi multi apud mensam adstant, Naev. ap. Prisc. p. 893 P. (Com. Rel. p. 10 Rib.):

    verecundari neminem apud mensam decet,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 77:

    Quid apud hasce aedis negotii est tibi?

    id. Am. 1, 1, 194:

    Quid illisce homines quaerunt apud aedis meas?

    id. Most. 4, 2, 26; id. Trin. 4, 2, 25: apud ignem adsidere, Turp. ap. Non. p. 522, 26 (Com. Rel. p. 100 Rib.); Sisenn. ap. Non. p. 86, 16:

    navem is fregit apud Andrum insulam,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 17:

    apud Tenedum pugna illa navalis,

    Cic. Arch. 21:

    ut apud Salamina classem suam constituerent,

    Nep. Them. 3, 4:

    apud oppidum morati,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 7:

    agri in Hispania apud Karthaginem Novam,

    Cic. Agr. 1, 5:

    bellatum apud Actium,

    Tac. H. 1, 1; 1, 72; 3, 76:

    Pugnabant alii tardis apud Ilion armis,

    Ov. R. Am. 163:

    morabatur in castris apud Galgalam,

    Vulg. Jos. 10, 6:

    quidquid apud durae cessatum est moenia Trojae,

    Verg. A. 11, 288:

    apud vetustam turrem, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 189 Rib.: apud castellum consedisse,

    Tac. A. 4, 25:

    Vitellianos, sua quemque apud signa, componunt,

    id. H. 3, 35:

    apud vexillum tendentes,

    id. A. 1, 17:

    trepidatur apud naves,

    id. H. 2, 15:

    hostis est non apud Anienem, sed in urbe,

    Cic. Mur. 84; id. Fam. 2, 10, 5:

    quam detraxerat apud rapidum Simoenta sub Ilio alto,

    Verg. A. 5, 261:

    apud abunaantem amnem et rapidas undas Inachi, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 175 Rib.: apud gelidi flumina Hebri,

    Verg. A. 12, 331:

    octo apud Rhenum legiones,

    Tac. A. 1, 3:

    apud ripam Rheni,

    id. ib. 2, 83:

    probavi te apud Aquam Contradictionis,

    Vulg. Psa. 80, 8:

    repertus apud fretum Siciliae,

    Tac. A. 6, 14:

    propitiata Juno apud proximum mare,

    id. ib. 15, 44:

    apud promunturium Miseni consedit in villa,

    id. ib. 6, 50:

    Ut aput nivem et ferarum gelida stabula forem, for in nive etc.,

    Cat. 63, 53 Mull.:

    apud altaria deum pepigere,

    before, Tac. A. 11, 9:

    decernuntur supplicationes apud omnia pulvinaria,

    id. ib. 14, 12 (cf.:

    unum diem circa omnia pulvinaria supplicatio fuit,

    Liv. 41, 9):

    apud Caesaris effigiem procubuit,

    Tac. A. 12, 17; 13, 23:

    quartum apud lapidem substiterat,

    id. ib. 15, 60:

    laudavit ipse apud rostra (for pro rostris),

    Tac. A. 16, 6; so, apud forum (cf.: ad forum under ad, I. A. 3., and in Gr. Sophocl. Trach. 371, pros mesêi agorai;

    on the other hand,

    id. ib. 423, en mesêi agorai; id. ib. 524, têlaugei par ochthôi): Quidam apud forum mihi vendidit, Pomp., Com. Rel. p. 250 Rib.: Ch. Qui scis? By. Apud forum modo e Davo audivi, Ter. And. 2, 1, 2; 1, 5, 18:

    Capuae multa apud forum aedificia de caelo tacta,

    Liv. 41, 9 (Weissenb., in foro):

    quod (templum) apud forum holitorium C. Duilius struxerat,

    Tac. A. 2, 49.—
    B.
    At, in = in with abl. or gen. or abl. of place: CONSVLES SENATVM CONSOLVERVNT N. OCTOB. APVD AEDEM DVELONAI, S. C. de Bacch. I.; so,

    ejus statuam majores apud aedem matris deum consecravisse,

    Tac. A. 4, 64:

    apud villam est,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 1; so Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:

    Eum argentum sumpsisse apud Thebas ab danista fenore,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 67:

    deponere apud Solos in delubro pecuniam,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 16, 40:

    ut rationes apud duas civitates possim relinquere,

    id. Att. 6, 7, 2: qui mense Aprili apud Baias essent, id. Fragm. B. 13, 4, 1 B. and K.;

    13, 4, 4 iid.: seditio militum coepta apud Sucronem,

    Liv. 28, 29:

    donum apud Antium statuitur,

    Tac. A. 3, 71:

    bellis civilibus Maecenatem equestris ordinis cunctis apud Romam atque Italiam praeposuit,

    id. ib. 6, 11:

    Titus in consecrando apud Memphim bove Apide diadema gestavit,

    Suet. Tit. 5:

    quod Judaeam praeterveniens apud Hierosolymam non supplicasset,

    id. Aug. 93:

    apud Mediolanum,

    Lact. Mort. Persec. 48:

    eum pugionem apud Capitolium consecravit,

    Tac. A. 15, 74:

    Equitum Romanorum locos sedilibus plebis anteposuit apud Circum,

    id. ib. 15, 32:

    quae (effigies) apud theatrum Pompei locaretur,

    id. ib. 3, 72:

    qui (rei) apud aerarium pependissent,

    Suet. Dom. 9 Roth:

    cujus (scientiae) apiscendae otium apud Rhodum magistrum Thrasullum habuit,

    Tac. A. 6, 20; 4, 14; so Suet. Aug. 92; Eutr. 7, 13:

    ut civitati Cibyraticae apud Asiam subveniretur,

    Tac. A. 4, 13; 4, 18; 16, 15:

    apud Pharsaliam,

    Liv. Epit. 111:

    apud Palaestinam,

    Eutr. 7, 13:

    qui erant apud Helladam,

    Vulg. 1 Macc. 8, 9. —
    III.
    Of time.
    A.
    With words denoting time or occasion, in, at (rare):

    apud saeclum prius,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 15:

    aliquem apud judicium persequi,

    at the trial, Cic. Verr. 4, 104.—
    B.
    With words designating persons, with, among, in the time of:

    hostis apud majores nostros is dicebatur, quem nunc etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 12, 36:

    fecerunt hoc multi apud majores nostros,

    id. Verr. 2, 118; 5, 148:

    Fuit eodem ex studio vir eruditus apud patres nostros,

    id. Mur. 36; id. Off. 2, 24, 85; id. Lael. 2, 6:

    Apud antiquos fuit Petron quidam, Cels. praef. 3, 9: aliam apud Fabricios, aliam apud Scipiones pecuniam (fuisse),

    Tac. A. 2, 33.—
    IV.
    For ad with words implying motion (very rare):

    APVT EVM PERVENIRE,

    Inscr. Grut. 786, 5:

    atque apud hunc eo vicinum,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 70:

    Bito apud aurificem,

    Lucil. 30, 66 Mull.: apud legiones venit, Sall. Fragm. ap. Pomp. Commod. Don. p. 395 Lind.:

    (naves) apud insulas longius sitas ejectae,

    Tac. A. 2, 24:

    qui apud Romanos de societate functus est legatione,

    Vulg. 2 Macc. 4, 11.
    Apud has some peculiarities of position, chiefly in Tac.
    (cf. ad, I. fin. b.)
    a.
    It is sometimes placed after its subst.:

    quae fiunt apud fabros, fictores, item alios apud,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 78, p. 104 Mull.:

    Is locus est Cumas aput,

    Lucr. 6, 747 Lachm.:

    montem apud Erycum,

    Tac. A. 4, 43:

    ripam apud Euphratis,

    id. ib. 6, 31:

    Misenum apud et Ravennam,

    id. ib. 4, 5 (in Suet. Dom. 9 the editt. vary between aerarium apud and apud aerarium; the latter seems preferable, and is adopted by Oudend., Bremi, Baumg.-Crus., and Roth).—
    b.
    It is sometimes placed between the subst. and adj.:

    barbaras apud gentes,

    Tac. A. 2, 88, 3, 26; 15, 60:

    non modo Graecis in urbibus, sed Romana apud templa,

    id. ib. 14, 14.—
    c.
    Twice in Verg. it stands before the secondary adjunct of its subst.:

    apud durae moenia Trojae, A. 11, 288: apud gelidi flumina Hebri,

    ib. 12, 331. Apud is never found in compound words. V. more on this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 405-416.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > apud

  • 39 aut

    aut, conj. [aut, Osc. auti, Umbr. ote, ute, may be a modification of autem, as at of et, the suffix -t being a relic of the demonstrative -tem, which appears in item, and is the same as -dem in quidem, and -dam in quondam, and of which the demonstrative adverbs, tam and tum, are absolute forms; the first part of these words may be compared with the Gr. au (cf. aute and autar), and with the Sanscr. vā = or, with which again may be compared ve and vel; v. Corss. Ausspr. II. p. 595, and also pp. 130, 223, 411], or; and repeated: aut... aut, either... or; so in Sanscr. vā... vā.
    I.
    In gen. it puts in the place of a previous assertion another, objectively and absolutely antithetical to it, while vel indicates that the contrast rests upon subjective opinion or choice; i. e. aut is objective, vel subjective, or aut excludes one term, vel makes the two indifferent.
    a.
    Used singly, or:

    omnia bene sunt ei dicenda, qui hoc se posse profitetur aut eloquentiae nomen relinquendum est,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 2, 5:

    quibusnam manibus aut quibus viribus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 30:

    Vinceris aut vincis,

    Prop. 2, 8, 10:

    cita mors venit aut victoria laeta,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 8:

    ruminat herbas aut aliquam in magno sequitur grege,

    Verg. E. 6, 55 et persaep. (cf. on the contrary, Tac. G. 8: quae neque confirmare argumentis, neque refellere in animo est: ex ingenio suo quisque demat vel addat fidem).—
    b.
    Repeated, aut... aut, either... or:

    Ubi enim potest illa aetas aut calescere vel apricatione melius vel igni, aut vicissim umbris aquisve refrigerari salubrius?

    Cic. Sen. 16, 57:

    Nam ejus per unam, ut audio, aut vivam aut moriar sententiam,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 19; id. Heaut. 3,1,11 sq.:

    aut, quicquid igitur eodem modo concluditur, probabitis, aut ars ista nulla est,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 30, 96:

    partem planitiae aut Jovis templum aut oppidum tenet,

    Liv. 44, 6, 15:

    terra in universum aut silvis horrida aut paludibus foeda,

    Tac. G. 5:

    hoc bellum quis umquam arbitraretur aut ab omnibus imperatoribus uno anno aut omnibus annis ab uno imperatore confici posse?

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 11,31.—
    c.
    More than twice repeated:

    aut equos Alere aut canes ad venandum, aut ad philosophos, Ter And. 1, 1, 29: Uxor, si cesses, aut te amare cogitat Aut tete amare aut potare atque animo obsequi,

    id. Ad. 1, 1, 7 sq.; so four times in Lucr. 4, 935 sq.; five times in Cic. Off. 1, 9, 28; id. N. D. 3, 12, 30; and Prop. 4, 21, 26 sqq.; and six times in Plin. 17, 10, 9, § 58.—
    d.
    Sometimes double disjunctive phrases with aut... aut are placed together:

    Adsentior Crasso, ne aut de C. Laelii soceri mei aut de hujus generi aut arte aut gloriā detraham,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 9, 35:

    res ipsa et rei publicae tempus aut me ipsum, quod nolim, aut alium quempiam aut invitabit aut dehortabitur,

    id. Pis. 39, 94.—
    e.
    Repeated after negatives:

    ne aut ille alserit Aut ceciderit atque aliquid praefregerit,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 11:

    ne tanti facinoris immanitas aut exstitisse aut non vindicata esse videatur,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 14; id. Sull. 43; id. Sest. 37; 39:

    neque enim sunt aut obscura aut non multa post commissa,

    id. Cat. 1, 6, 15; id. Off. 1, 20, 66; 1, 11, 36; 1, 20, 68; id. de Or. 2, 45, 189:

    nec milites ad scelus missos aut numero validos aut animo promptos,

    Tac. A. 14, 58; id. H. 1, 18; id. Or. 12:

    nec erit mirabilis illic Aut Stratocles aut cum molli Demetrius Haemo,

    Juv. 3, 98 sq.:

    neque aut quis esset ante detexit aut gubernatorem cedere adversae tempestati passus est,

    Suet. Caes. 58; id. Ner. 34:

    Nec aut Persae aut Macedones dubitavere,

    Curt. 4, 15, 28: Non sum aut tam inhumanus aut tam alienus a Sardis. Cic. Scaur. 39; id. Cat. 1, 13:

    Nihil est tam aut fragile aut flexibile quam etc.,

    id. Mil. 36 al. —
    f.
    In interrogations:

    quo modo aut geometres cernere ea potest, quae aut nulla sunt aut internosci a falsis non possunt aut is, qui fidibus utitur, explere numeros et conficere versus?

    Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 22; so id. de Or. 1, 9, 37; id. Rosc. Am. 40, 118; id. N. D. 1, 43, 121.—
    g.
    In comparative clauses:

    talis autem simulatio vanitati est conjunctior quam aut liberalitati aut honestati,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 44.—
    II.
    Esp.
    A.
    Placed singly, to connect to something more important that which is less so, or at least.
    a.
    Absol.:

    Incute vim ventis submersasque obrue puppes, Aut age diversos et dissice corpora ponto,

    Verg. A. 1, 69 sq. Rib. (furens Juno et irata, quod gravissimum credebat, optavit, deinde quod secundum intulit, Diom. p. 411 P.):

    quaero, num injuste aut improbe fecerit,

    or at least unfairly, Cic. Off. 3, 13, 54:

    a se postulari aut exspectari aliquid suspicantur,

    id. ib. 2, 20, 69:

    quā re vi aut clam agendum est,

    or at least by stealth, id. Att. 10, 12:

    profecto cuncti aut magna pars Siccensium fidem mutavissent,

    Sall. J. 56, 6:

    Audendum est aliquid universis aut omnia singulis patienda,

    Liv. 6, 18, 7:

    pars a centurionibus aut praetoriarum cohortium militibus caesi,

    Tac. A. 1, 30:

    potentiā suā numquam aut raro ad impotentiam usus,

    Vell. 2, 29.—
    b.
    With certe, etc., v. infra, F. 2.—
    B.
    To connect something which must take place, if that which is previously stated does not, or, otherwise, or else, in the contrary case, = alioqui:

    Redduc uxorem, aut quam obrem non opus sit cedo,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 76:

    id (principium) nec nasci potest nec mori, aut concidat omne caelum etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 23, 54 (Seyffert ad h. l., but preferring ut non; B. and K. and Kühner, vel):

    nunc manet insontem gravis exitus: aut ego veri Vana feror,

    Verg. A. 10, 630:

    effodiuntur bulbi ante ver: aut deteriores fiunt,

    Plin. 19, 5, 30, § 96:

    Mutatione recreabitur sicut in cibis... Aut dicant iste mihi, quae sit alia ratio discendi,

    Quint. 1, 12, 6; 2, 17, 9.—
    C.
    To restrict or correct an expression which is too general or inaccurate, or, or rather, or more accurately.
    a.
    Absol.:

    de hominum genere, aut omnino de animalium loquor,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 11, 33; 5, 20, 57; id. Ac. 2, 8, 23:

    Aut scilicet tua libertas disserendi amissa est, aut tu is es, qui in disputando non tuum judicium sequare,

    id. Leg. 1, 13, 36: cenaene causā, aut tuae mercedis gratiā Nos nostras aedīs postulas comburere? or rather, etc., Plaut. Aul. 2, 6, 11.—In this signification aut sometimes begins a new clause: Potestne igitur quisquam dicere, inter eum, qui doleat, et inter eum, qui in voluptate sit, nihil interesse? Aut, ita qui sentiet, non apertissime insaniat? or is not rather, etc., Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 20:

    Quid est enim temeritate turpius? Aut quid tam temerarium tamque indignum sapientis gravitate atque constantiā, quam, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 1, 1; id. Fin. 4, 26, 72; Plin. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—
    b.
    With potius (v. infra, F. 4.).—
    D.
    Neque... aut sometimes, but chiefly in the poets, takes the place of neque... neque: Neque ego hanc abscondere furto Speravi, ne finge, fugam;

    nec conjugis umquam Praetendi taedas aut haec in foedera veni,

    Verg. A. 4, 339:

    Si neque avaritiam neque sordes aut mala lustra Obiciet vere quisquam mihi,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 68 Bentl., but ac, K. and H.:

    Nunc neque te longi remeantem pompa triumphi Excipit aut sacras poscunt Capitolia lauros,

    Luc. 1, 287:

    Nam neque plebeiam aut dextro sine numine cretam Servo animam,

    Stat. S. 1, 4, 66:

    Neque enim Tyriis Cynosura carinis Certior aut Grais Helice servanda magistris,

    Val. Fl. 1, 17; so also Tacitus: nec litore tenus adcrescere aut resorberi, Agr. 10; G. 7 ter; H. 1, 32; so after non:

    Non eo dico, quo mihi veniat in dubium tua fides, aut quo etc.,

    Cic. Quinct. 5:

    non jure aut legibus cognoscunt,

    Tac. Or. 19; id. Agr. 41; id. G. 24; after haud:

    Haud alias populus plus occultae vocis aut suspicacis silentii permisit,

    id. A. 3, 11; after nihil:

    nihil caedis aut praedae,

    id. A. 15, 6; 13, 4; id. H. 1, 30.—
    E.
    The poets connect by aut... vel, vel... aut, instead of aut... aut, or vel... vel: Quotiens te votui Argu [p. 211] rippum Conpellare aut contrectare conloquive aut contui? Plaut. As. 3, 1, 19:

    aut appone dapes, Vare, vel aufer opes,

    Mart. 4, 78, 6 (this epigram is rejected by Schneid.):

    Non ars aut astus belli vel dextera deerat,

    Sil. 16, 32.—
    F.
    In connection with other particles.
    1.
    Aut etiam, to complete or strengthen an assertion, or also, or even:

    quid ergo aut hunc prohibet, aut etiam Xenocratem, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 18, 51:

    conjectura in multas aut diversas, aut etiam in contrarias partes,

    id. Div. 2, 26, 55; id. Off. 1, 9, 28:

    si aut ambigue aut inconstanter aut incredibiliter dicta sunt, aut etiam aliter ab alio dicta,

    id. Part. Or. 14, 51:

    etsi omnia aut scripta esse a tuis arbitror, aut etiam nuntiis ac rumore perlata,

    id. Att. 4, 1.—So with one aut:

    quod de illo acceperant, aut etiam suspicabantur,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 19, 36; Cels. 4, 18:

    si modo sim (orator), aut etiam quicumque sim,

    Cic. Or. 3, 12; id. de Or. 1, 17, 76.—
    2.
    Aut certe, aut modo, aut quidem, or aut sane, to restrict a declaration, or at least (cf. II. A.).
    a.
    Aut certe:

    ac video hanc primam ingressionem meam aut reprehensionis aliquid, aut certe admirationis habituram,

    Cic. Or. 3, 11; id. Top. 17, 64:

    quo enim uno vincebamur a victā Graeciā, id aut ereptum illis est, aut certe nobis cum illis communicatum,

    id. Brut. 73, 254; so Dolabella ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9, 1; Liv. 2, 1, 4; 40, 46, 2; Cels. 1, 2; 5, 26; Prop. 4, 21, 29.—
    b.
    Aut modo:

    Si umquam posthac aut amasso Casinam, aut obcepso modo,

    Plaut. Cas. 5, 4, 22.—
    c.
    Aut quidem:

    Proinde desinant quidam quaerere ultra aut opinari... aut quidem vetustissimā nave impositos jubebo avehi,

    Suet. Caes. 66.—
    d.
    Aut sane:

    Afer aut Sardus sane,

    Cic. Scaur. 15.—
    3.
    Aut vero, to connect a more important thought, or indeed, or truly:

    Quem tibi aut hominem, aut vero deum, auxilio futurum putas?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 78:

    Quis enim tibi hoc concesserit, aut initio genus hominum se oppidis moenibusque saepsisse? Aut vero etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 9, 36.—
    4.
    Aut potius, for correction or greater definiteness, or rather (cf. II. C.):

    Erravit, aut potius insanivit Apronius?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 119:

    proditores aut potius apertos hostes,

    id. Sest. 35:

    nemo est injustus, aut incauti potius habendi sunt improbi,

    id. Leg. 1, 14, 40:

    Quae est ergo ista ratio, aut quae potius ista amentia?

    id. Verr. 3, 173.—
    5.
    Aut ne... quidem:

    ego jam aut rem aut ne spem quidem exspecto,

    Cic. Att. 3, 22 fin.
    Aut regularly precedes the words of its clause, but sometimes in the poets it takes the second place:

    Saturni aut sacram me tenuisse diem,

    Tib.
    1, 3, 18 Lachm.:

    justos aut reperire pedes,

    id. 2, 5, 112:

    Persequar aut studium linguae etc.,

    Prop. 4, 21, 27:

    Fer pater, inquit, opem! Tellus aut hisce, vel istam, etc.,

    Ov. M. 1, 545 (Merk., ait):

    Balteus aut fluxos gemmis adstrinxit amictus,

    Luc. 2, 362, where some read haud. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 525-558.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aut

  • 40 autem

    autem, conj. [v. aut init. ], on the other hand, but, yet, however, nevertheless; sometimes an emphasized and (it is never found at the beginning of a clause, but after one or more words; v. fin.; like at, it joins to a preceding thought a new one, either entirely antithetical or simply different; it differs from the restricting sed in like manner with at; v. at init., and cf.: [Popilius imperator tenebat provinciam;

    in cujus exercitu Catonis filius tiro militabat. Cum autem Popilio videretur unam dimittere legionem, Catonis quoque filium... dimisit. Sed cum amore pugnandi in exercitu permansisset, Cato ad Popilium scripsit, etc.],

    Cic. Off. 1, 11, 36 B. and K. (most freq. in philos. lang.; rare in the histt., being used by Caes. only 59 times, by Sall. 23, and by Tac. 31; and very rare in the poets).
    I.
    In joining an entirely antithetical thought, on the contrary, but = at quidem, at vero, se sê, esp. freq. with the pronouns ego, tu, ille, qui, etc.:

    Ait se obligāsse crus fractum Aesculapio, Apollini autem bracchium,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 3, 9:

    Nam injusta ab justis impetrari non decet, Justa autem ab injustis petere insipientiast,

    id. Am. prol. 35:

    ego hic cesso, quia ipse nihil scribo: lego autem libentissime,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 22; id. de Or. 1, 25, 115; Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 43: i sane cum illo, Phrygia;

    tu autem, Eleusium, Huc intro abi ad nos,

    id. Aul. 2, 5, 7; id. Capt. 2, 3, 4; id. Bacch. 4, 8, 58; id. Mil. 4, 4, 13; id. Ep. 5, 2, 7; Cic. Ac. 2, 19, 61:

    mihi ad enarrandum hoc argumentumst comitas, Si ad auscultandum vostra erit benignitas. Qui autem auscultare nolit, exsurgat foras,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 3; so id. Ep. 2, 2, 95; id. Capt. 3, 4, 24:

    Quid tu aïs, Gnatho? Numquid habes quod contemnas? Quid tu autem, Thraso?

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 22: e principio oriuntur omnia;

    ipsum autem nullā ex re aliā nasci potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 23, 54.—
    II.
    In joining a thought that is simply different.
    A.
    In gen., on the other hand, but, moreover.
    a.
    Absol., as the Gr. se:

    Vehit hic clitellas, vehit hic autem alter senex,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 91:

    cum Speusippum, sororis filium, Plato philosophiae quasi heredem reliquisset, duo autem praestantissimos studio atque doctrinā, Xenocratem Chalcedonium et Aristotelem Stagiritem, etc.,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 4, 17; id. Off. 1, 5, 16:

    Alexandrum consultum, cui relinqueret regnum, voluisse optimum deligi, judicatum autem ab ipso optimum Perdiccam, cui anulum tradidisset,

    Curt. 10, 6, 16:

    Atque haec in moribus. De benevolentiā autem, quam etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 46 sq.; 1, 23, 81: Sed poëtae quid quemque deceat ex personā judicabunt;

    nobis autem personam imposuit natura etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 28, 97; 1, 28, 98; 1, 43, 152: Quod semper movetur aeternum est;

    quod autem motum adfert alicui etc.,

    id. Tusc. 1, 23, 53; 1, 28, 68 sq.; 1, 30, 74; 1, 36, 87.—So sometimes when one conditional sentence is opposed to another, si—sin autem, in Gr. ei men— ei se:

    Nam si supremus ille dies non exstinctionem, sed commutationem adfert loci, quid optabilius? Sin autem etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 49, 117; 1, 49, 118 al.—In adducing an example of a rule:

    Et Demosthenes autem ad Aeschinem orationem in prooemio convertit, et M. Tullius etc.,

    Quint. 4, 1, 66 Spald.;

    also in passing from a particular to a general thought: Et sane plus habemus quam capimus. Insatiabilis autem avaritia est etc.,

    Curt. 8, 8, 12.—
    b.
    Preceded by quidem, as in Gr. men—se (perh. most freq. in Cicero's philosophical works, under the influence of Greek style): Et haec quidem hoc modo;

    nihil autem melius extremo,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 41, 99:

    Sed nunc quidem valetudini tribuamus aliquid, cras autem etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 49, 119; id. Off. 1, 7, 24; and thus in Tac. several times, but only in Ann. and Or.: bene intellegit ceteros quidem iis niti... Marcellum autem et Crispum attulisse etc., Or. 8; 18 bis; 25; A. 3, 53; 3, 73;

    4, 28.—So often in transitions from one subject to another: Ac de inferendā quidem injuriā satis dictum est. Praetermittendae autem defensionis etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27 sq.; 1, 13, 41; 1, 45, 160.—So very often in Vulg. in direct reproduction of men—se: Ego quidem baptizo vos in aquā in paenitentiam; qui autem post me etc., Matt. 3, 11; 9, 37; 13, 23; 13, 32; 17, 11 sq.; 23, 28; 25, 33; 26, 24. —
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    In any kind of transition:

    M. Antonius in eo libro, quem unum reliquit, disertos ait se vidisse multos, eloquentem omnino neminem. Vir autem acerrimo ingenio (sic enim fuit) multa etc.,

    Cic. Or. 5, 18:

    hic (pater) prout ipse amabat litteras, omnibus doctrinis, quibus puerilis aetas impertiri debet, filium erudivit: erat autem in puero summa suavitas oris,

    Nep. Att. 1, 2;

    also in questions: Quid autem magno opere Oppianicum metuebat, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 60, 167. Freq. several times repeated:

    Expetuntur autem divitiae cum ad usus vitae necessarios, tum ad perfruendas voluptates: in quibus autem major est animus, in iis pecuniae cupiditas spectat ad opes, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 8, 24 and 25; cf. Wopkens, Lectt. Tull. pp. 53 and 122: Orbis situm dicere adgredior... Dicam autem alias plura et exactius, Mel. prooem. 2.—
    2.
    In repeating a word from a previous clause, in continuing a train of thought:

    admoneri me satis est: admonebit autem nemo alius nisi rei publicae tempus,

    Cic. Pis. 38, 94: disces quam diu voles;

    tam diu autem velle debebis, quoad etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 1, 2:

    nunc quod agitur, agamus: agitur autem, liberine vivamus an mortem obeamus,

    id. Phil. 11, 10, 24. —So esp. in impassioned discourse, Plant. Mil. 3, 1, 84:

    humanum amare est, humanum autem ignoscere est,

    id. Merc. 2, 2, 48; id. Ps. 4, 8, 1:

    quot potiones mulsi! quot autem prandia!

    id. Stich. 1, 3, 68; id. Ep. 5, 2, 6:

    quā pulchritudine urbem, quibus autem opibus praeditam, servitute oppressam tenuit civitatem,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 57.—
    3.
    Like sed, vero, igitur, etc., in resuming a train of thought interrupted by a parenthesis:

    Omnino illud honestum, quod ex animo excelso magnificoque quaerimus, animi efficitur non corporis viribus: exercendum tamen corpus et ita adficiendum est, ut oboedire consilio rationique possit in exsequendis negotiis et in labore tolerando: honestum autem id, quod exquirimus, totum est positum in animi curā, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 23, 79; 1, 43, 153.—
    4.
    In introducing a parenthetical clause itself: quae autem nos ut recta aut recte facta dicamus, si placet (illi autem appellant katorthômata) omnes numeros virtutis continent, Cic. Fin. 3, 7, 24:

    quod vitium effugere qui volet (omnes autem velle debent) adhibebit etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 6, 18; 1, 33, 120; id. Tusc. 1, 33, 80; 1, 36, 88:

    In primis foedera ac leges (erant autem eae duodecim tabuiae et quaedam regiae leges) conquiri etc.,

    Liv. 6, 1, 10; Curt. 4, 6, 2:

    ex hoc Quodcumque est (minus est autem quam rhetoris aera) Discipuli custos praemordet,

    Juv. 7, 217.—
    5.
    In enumerations, for the purpose of adding an important circumstance:

    magnus dicendi labor, magna res, magna dignitas, summa autem gratia,

    but, and indeed, Cic. Mur. 13, 29:

    animis omnes tenduntur insidiae... vel ab eā, quae penitus in omni sensu implicata insidet, imitatrix boni, voluptas, malorum autem mater omnium,

    yea, the parent of all evil, id. Leg. 1, 17, 47; id. N. D. 2, 22, 58:

    docet ratio mathematicorum, luna quantum absit a proxumā Mercurii stellā, multo autem longius a Veneris,

    id. Div. 2, 43, 91.—
    6.
    In the syllogism, to introduce the minor proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor; cf. atque, IV. 9., and atqui, II. D.), now, but; but now:

    Aut hoc, aut illud: hoc autem non, igitur illud. Itemque: aut hoc, aut illud: non autem hoc: illud igitur,

    Cic. Top. 14, 56:

    Si lucet, lucet: lucet autem, lucet igitur,

    id. Ac. 2, 30, 96:

    Si dicis te mentiri verumque dicis, mentiris: dicis autem te mentiri verumque dicis: mentiris igitur,

    id. ib.; id. Top. 2, 9; id. Tusc. 5, 16, 47.—
    7.
    Like the Gr. se or sê in adding an emphatic question (freq. in the comic poets), but, indeed.
    a.
    In gen.:

    Quem te autem deum nominem?

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 126:

    Perii: quid hoc autemst mali?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 5:

    Quī istuc? Quae res te sollicitat autem?

    id. Heaut. 2, 3, 10:

    Quae autem divina? Vigere, sapere, invenire, meminisse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 65: Quo modo autem moveri animus ad appetendum potest, si id, quod videtur, non percipitur? pôs sê, id. Ac. 2, 8, 25:

    Quo modo autem tibi placebit JOVEM LAPIDEM jurare, cum scias etc.,

    id. Fam. 7, 12, 2:

    Veni ad Caesarem: quis est autem Caesar?

    Flor. 3, 10, 11.—So in exclamations:

    Quantā delectatione autem adficerer, cum etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 41, 98.—
    b.
    In questions implying rebuke, reproach: Ba. Metuo credere. Ps. Credere autem? eho, etc., Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 70: Th. Ego non tangam meam? Ch. Tuam autem, furcifer? yours do you say? yours indeed! Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28.—
    c.
    In a question where a correction is made: Num quis testis Postumum appellavit? testis autem? ( witness did I say?) num accusator? Cic. Rab. Post. 5, 10:

    Alio me vocat numerosa gloria tua: alio autem? quasi vero etc.,

    Plin. Pan. 28:

    Quid tandem isti mali in tam tenerā insulā non fecissent? non fecissent autem? imo quid ante adventum meum non fecerunt?

    Cic. Att. 6, 2; 5, 13; 7, 1: Adimas etiam Hispanias? Et si inde cessero, in Africam transcendes. Transcendes autem dico? Liv. 21, 44, 7 Weissenb.—
    8.
    And in questions sed autem are sometimes both used, especially by the comic poets, but indeed, but now, like the Gr. alla—se Alla pou se boulei kathezomenoi anagnômen; Plat. Phaedr. 228 E.):

    Sed autem quid si hanc hinc apstulerit quispiam Sacram urnam Veneris?

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 15;

    and separated: Sed quid haec hic autem tam diu ante aedīs stetit?

    id. Truc. 2, 3, 14:

    Attat Phaedriae Pater venit. Sed quid pertimui autem, belua?

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 2, 11: Sed quid ego haec autem nequiquam ingrata revolvo? * Verg. A. 2, 101.—Once ast autem: ast autem tenui [p. 212] quae candent lumine Phatnae, Cic. Fragm. ap. Prisc. p. 1170 P. (IV. 2, p. 555 Orell.).—
    9.
    With interjections:

    Heia autem inimicos!

    Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 20:

    Ecce autem litigium,

    but lo! id. Men. 5, 2, 34; so id. Curc. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 2, 1, 35; id. Mil. 2, 2, 48; id. Most. 3, 1, 131; 3, 1, 146:

    Ecce autem alterum,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 6 Ruhnk.:

    Ecce autem subitum divortium,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 14; so id. Verr. 2, 5, 34; id. Leg. 1, 2, 5; id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; id. Or. 9, 30:

    Ecce autem aliud minus dubium,

    Liv. 7, 35, 10:

    Eccere autem capite nutat,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 52; so id. Pers. 2, 4, 29:

    eccui autem non proditur [revertenti]?

    Cic. Mur. 33, 68.
    In good prose writers autem is usu.
    placed after the first word of a clause; but if several words, a subst. and prep., the verb esse with the predicate, a word with a negative, etc., together form one idea, then autem stands after the second or third word. But the poets, especially the comic poets, allow themselves greater liberty, and sometimes place this particle, without any necessity in the nature of the clause, in the third, fourth, or fifth place; but autem is never found in good writers at the beginning of a clause or sentence; cf. Quint. 1, 5, 39. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 558-588.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > autem

См. также в других словарях:

  • Sometimes — «Sometimes» Сингл Бритни Спирс из альбома …   Википедия

  • Sometimes — may refer to:* Sometimes (album), an album by City and Colour, or the title song, Sometimes (I Wish) * Sometimes (And One song) * Sometimes (Ash song) * Sometimes (Carpenters song) * Sometimes (Erasure song) * Sometimes (My Bloody Valentine song) …   Wikipedia

  • Sometimes — Some times , adv. [Sometime + adverbial ending s, as in wards.] 1. Formerly; sometime. [Obs.] [1913 Webster] That fair and warlike form In which the majesty of buried Denmark Did sometimes march. Shak. [1913 Webster] 2. At times; at intervals;… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Sometimes — bezeichnet: Sometimes (Britney Spears Lied), Lied von Britney Spears Sometimes (Erasure Lied), Lied von Erasure Diese Seite ist eine Begriffsklärung zur Unterscheidung mehrerer mit demselben Wort bezeichneter Begriffe …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • sometimes — sometimes, some times The common adverb sometimes is written as one word: I sometimes like my coffee black. Some and times are spelt as two words when they retain their separate meanings, normally as a noun phrase: There are some times when you… …   Modern English usage

  • Sometimes — Some times , a. Former; sometime. [Obs.] [1913 Webster] Thy sometimes brother s wife. Shak. [1913 Webster] …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • sometimes — [adv] every now and then at intervals, at times, consistently, constantly, ever and again, every so often, frequently, from time to time, here and there, intermittently, now and again, now and then, occasionally, off and on, once in a blue moon* …   New thesaurus

  • sometimes — ► ADVERB ▪ occasionally …   English terms dictionary

  • sometimes — [sum′tīmz΄] adv. 1. at times; on various occasions; occasionally 2. Obs. formerly …   English World dictionary

  • Sometimes I — Infobox Single Name = Sometimes I Artist = Laura Critchley from Album = Sometimes I Released = May 21 2007 February 25 2008 Format = Digital download, CD single Recorded = 2007 Genre = Pop, Soul, Indie Length = Label = Big Print Writer = Producer …   Wikipedia

  • sometimes — [[t]sʌ̱mtaɪmz[/t]] ♦♦ ADV: ADV with cl/group, ADV with v You use sometimes to say that something happens on some occasions rather than all the time. During the summer, my skin sometimes gets greasy... Sometimes I think he dislikes me... You must… …   English dictionary

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»